-----BEGIN PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE----- Proc-Type: 2001,MIC-CLEAR Originator-Name: webmaster@www.sec.gov Originator-Key-Asymmetric: MFgwCgYEVQgBAQICAf8DSgAwRwJAW2sNKK9AVtBzYZmr6aGjlWyK3XmZv3dTINen TWSM7vrzLADbmYQaionwg5sDW3P6oaM5D3tdezXMm7z1T+B+twIDAQAB MIC-Info: RSA-MD5,RSA, Dyodm//Ag9ucptr/OByHQNw3VRptEKIQX4x9iE1FRMb3UXnQy8ZXON/bRD3MRx68 AfYg4rd+upQjhSTqP1h7CQ== 0001104659-06-003627.txt : 20061020 0001104659-06-003627.hdr.sgml : 20061020 20060124172256 ACCESSION NUMBER: 0001104659-06-003627 CONFORMED SUBMISSION TYPE: S-1/A PUBLIC DOCUMENT COUNT: 8 FILED AS OF DATE: 20060124 DATE AS OF CHANGE: 20060601 FILER: COMPANY DATA: COMPANY CONFORMED NAME: H D Partners Acquisition CORP CENTRAL INDEX KEY: 0001347006 STANDARD INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION: BLANK CHECKS [6770] IRS NUMBER: 203893077 STATE OF INCORPORATION: CA FISCAL YEAR END: 1231 FILING VALUES: FORM TYPE: S-1/A SEC ACT: 1933 Act SEC FILE NUMBER: 333-130531 FILM NUMBER: 06547346 BUSINESS ADDRESS: STREET 1: 2601 OCEAN PARK BOULEVARD STREET 2: SUITE 320 CITY: SANTA MONICA STATE: CA ZIP: 90405 BUSINESS PHONE: 310-265-8540 MAIL ADDRESS: STREET 1: 2601 OCEAN PARK BOULEVARD STREET 2: SUITE 320 CITY: SANTA MONICA STATE: CA ZIP: 90405 FORMER COMPANY: FORMER CONFORMED NAME: H D Partners Acquisition CORP DATE OF NAME CHANGE: 20051215 S-1/A 1 a05-21987_1s1a.htm PRE-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 24, 2006

File No. 333-130531

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549


Amendment No. 1

to

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933


HD PARTNERS ACQUISITION CORPORATION

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware

 

6770

 

20-3893077

(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

2601 Ocean Park Boulevard, Suite 320
Santa Monica, CA 90405
(310) 452-8300 ext. 111

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including
area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

Bruce Lederman
2601 Ocean Park Boulevard, Suite 320
Santa Monica, CA 90405
(310) 452-8300 ext. 111

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including
area code, of agent for service)

Copies to:

Douglas S. Ellenoff, Esq.
Jody R. Samuels, Esq.
Ellenoff Grossman & Schole LLP
370 Lexington Avenue
New York, NY 10017
(212) 370-1300
Facsimile: (212) 370-7889

 

Jonathan Klein, Esq.
Daniel I. Goldberg, Esq.
DLA Piper Rudnick Gray Cary US LLP
1251 Avenue of the Americas
New York, NY 10020
(212) 835-6000
Facsimile: (212) 835-6001

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 check the following box. x

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o

If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434, please check the following box. o


 




 

Calculation of Registration Fee

Title of Each Class of
Securities to be Registered

 

 

Amount to be
Registered(1)

 

 

Proposed Maximum
Offering Price per Unit(1)

 

 

Proposed Maximum
Aggregate Offering Unit(1)

 

 

Amount of
Registration Fee

 

Units, each consisting of one share of Common Stock, $.001 par value, and two Warrants(2)

 

 

11,500,000 Units

 

 

 

$6.00

 

 

 

 

$69,000,000

 

 

 

 

$8,121.30

 

 

Shares of Common Stock included as part of the Units(2)

 

 

11,500,000 Shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

—(3)

 

 

Warrants included as part of the Units(2)

 

 

23,000,000 Warrants

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

—(3)

 

 

Shares of Common Stock underlying the Warrants included in the Units(4)

 

 

23,000,000 Shares

 

 

 

$5.00

 

 

 

 

$115,000,000

 

 

 

 

$13,535.50

 

 

Representative’s Unit Purchase
Option

 

 

1

 

 

 

$100

 

 

 

 

$100

 

 

 

 

—(3)

 

 

Units underlying the Representative’s Unit Purchase Option (“Representative’s Units”)(4)

 

 

1,000,000 Units

 

 

 

$7.50

 

 

 

 

$7,500,000

 

 

 

 

$882.75

 

 

Shares of Common Stock included as part of the Representative’s
Units(4)

 

 

1,000,000 Shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

—(3)

 

 

Warrants included as part of the Representative’s Units(4)

 

 

2,000,000 Warrants

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

—(3)

 

 

Shares of Common Stock underlying the Warrants included  in the Representative’s Units(4)

 

 

2,000,000 Shares

 

 

 

$6.25

 

 

 

 

$12,500,000

 

 

 

 

$1,471.25

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$204,000,100

 

 

 

 

$24,010.80

(5)

 

(1)    Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee.

(2)    Includes 1,500,000 Units and 1,500,000 shares of Common Stock and 3,000,000 Warrants underlying such Units which may be issued on exercise of a 45-day option granted to the Underwriters to cover over allotments, if any.

(3)    No fee pursuant to Rule 457(g).

(4)    Pursuant to Rule 416, there are also being registered such indeterminable additional securities as may be issued as a result of the anti-dilution provisions contained in the Warrants.

(5)    Filing fee has been previously  paid.

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 




Preliminary Prospectus
Subject to Completion, January 24, 2006

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

PROSPECTUS

$60,000,000

HD PARTNERS ACQUISITION CORPORATION

10,000,000 units

HD Partners Acquisition Corporation is a blank check company recently formed for the purpose of effecting a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition or other similar business combination, with one or more domestic or international operating businesses in the media, entertainment or telecommunications industries. We do not have any specific merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition or other business combination under consideration or contemplation, and we have not, nor has anyone on our behalf, contacted any potential target business or had any discussions, formal or otherwise, with respect to such a transaction.

This is an initial public offering of our securities. Each unit consists of:

·        one share of our common stock; and

·        two warrants.

Each warrant entitles the holder to purchase one share of our common stock at a price of $5.00. Each warrant will become exercisable on the later of our completion of a business combination and                      , 2007 [one year from the date of this prospectus] and will expire on                      , 2010 [four years from the date of this prospectus] or earlier upon redemption.

We have granted Morgan Joseph & Co. Inc., the representative of the underwriters, a 45-day option to purchase up to 1,500,000 additional units solely to cover over-allotments, if any (over and above the 10,000,000 units referred to above). The over-allotment will be used only to cover the net syndicate short position resulting from the initial distribution. We have also agreed to sell to the representative for $100, as additional compensation, an option to purchase up to a total of 1,000,000 units at $7.50 per unit. The units issuable upon exercise of this option are identical to those offered by this prospectus, except that the warrants included in the option have an exercise price of $6.25 (125% of the exercise price of the warrants included in the units sold in the offering). The purchase option and its underlying securities have been registered under the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

There is presently no public market for our units, common stock or warrants. We intend to apply to have our units quoted on the OTC Bulletin Board under the symbol “           ” on or promptly after the date of this prospectus. Each of the shares of common stock and warrants may trade separately on and after the 90th day after the date of this prospectus unless Morgan Joseph & Co. Inc., the representative of the underwriters, determines that an earlier date is acceptable. Once the securities comprising the units begin separate trading, the common stock and warrants will be traded on the OTC Bulletin Board under the symbols “           ” and “           ”, respectively. We cannot assure you, however, that any such securities will continue to be quoted on the OTC Bulletin Board.

Investing in our securities involves a high degree of risk. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 9 of this prospectus for a discussion of information that should be considered in connection with an investment in our securities.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

Public
offering price

 

Underwriting discount
and commissions

 

Proceeds, before
expenses, to us

 

Per unit

 

$6.00

 

$0.42

 

$5.58

 

Total

 

$60,000,000

 

$4,200,000

 

$55,800,000

 

 

Of the net proceeds we receive from this offering, $54,400,000 ($5.44 per unit) will be deposited into a trust account at JPMorgan Chase NY Bank maintained by American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, acting as trustee.

We are offering the units for sale on a firm-commitment basis. Morgan Joseph & Co. Inc., acting as representative of the underwriters, expects to deliver our securities to investors in the offering on or about                       , 2006.

GRAPHIC

                           , 2006




PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights certain information appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. For a more complete understanding of this offering, you should read the entire prospectus carefully, including the risk factors and the financial statements. Unless otherwise stated in this prospectus, references to “we,” “us” or “our company” refer to HD Partners Acquisition Corporation. The term “public stockholders” means the holders of common stock sold as part of the units in this offering or in the open market, including any existing stockholders to the extent that they purchase or acquire such shares. Unless we tell you otherwise, the information in this prospectus assumes that the underwriters will not exercise their over-allotment option. You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with different information. We are not making an offer of these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer is not permitted.

The Company

We are a blank check company organized under the laws of the state of Delaware on December 6, 2005. We were formed to effect a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition or other similar business combination within one or more operating businesses in the media, entertainment or telecommunications industries. We are not currently considering or contemplating any specific business combination and we have not, nor has anyone on our behalf, contacted any potential target business or had any discussions, formal or otherwise, with respect to any specific merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition or other business combination. None of our officers or directors have had any communications or discussions with potential contacts or relationships regarding a potential business combination. To date, our efforts have been limited to organizational activities and actions related to the offering.

Our management team has extensive experience in the media, entertainment and telecommunications industries as senior executives. Eddy Hartenstein, Lawrence Chapman, Steven Cox and Robert Meyers have all held long-term senior executive positions at DIRECTV, Inc. Eddy Hartenstein, our Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, headed DIRECTV from its inception in 1990 until December 2003, during which time he led DIRECTV’s evolution from concept to the nation’s leading provider of digital television, with approximately 12.2 million customers and $7.7 billion in revenue through a combination of organic growth and acquisitions. Lawrence Chapman, our Executive Vice President and Director, held multiple executive leadership positions within DIRECTV from its inception, including oversight of product development, programming, marketing and business affairs. Steven Cox, our Executive Vice President and Director, joined DIRECTV as its first general counsel shortly after commercial launch of service and held multiple executive leadership positions including oversight of strategic partnerships, business development and sales and distribution. Robert Meyers, our Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Director, joined DIRECTV as its Chief Financial Officer and later assumed executive oversight of customer satisfaction, which included the company’s installation and service network, customer service, marketing and customer retention activities. Bruce Lederman, our Executive Vice President, Secretary and Director, was a senior partner at the law firm of Latham & Watkins LLP specializing in telecommunications transactions, and was extensively involved in all major negotiations involving the structuring and launch of the DIRECTV business on behalf of Hughes Aircraft Company (a predecessor to Hughes Electronics Corporation). In the course of their careers, management completed numerous strategic transactions including several acquisitions and developed extensive contacts and relationships in these industries.

While we may seek to effect business combinations with more than one target business in the media, entertainment or telecommunications industries, our initial business combination must be with a business or businesses whose fair market value is at least equal to 80% of our net assets at the time of such acquisition. Consequently, it is likely that we will have the ability to effect only a single business combination, although this may entail simultaneous acquisitions of several closely related operating entities. If we determine to simultaneously engage in a business combination with several operating businesses and these businesses are owned by different persons, each of the persons will have to agree that our transaction with its business is contingent on the simultaneous closings of the other transactions. This requirement may make it more difficult for us, and delay our ability, to complete the business combination. With multiple transactions, we could also face additional risks, including additional burdens and costs with




respect to possible multiple negotiations and due diligence investigations (if there are multiple counter parties) and the additional risks associated with the subsequent assimilation of the operations, services and products of the various companies in a single operating business.

If the business combination is with a business or businesses that have a fair market value substantially in excess of 80% of our net assets, in order to consummate such a transaction, we may issue a significant amount of our debt or equity securities to the owners of such businesses and seek to raise additional funds through a private offering of debt or equity securities or through commercial loans. Since we have no specific business combination under consideration, we have not entered into any such fundraising arrangement and have no current intention of doing so. There is no assurance that such fundraising arrangement, if desired, would be available on acceptable terms, if at all.

As used in this prospectus, a “target business” will include assets or an operating business in the media, entertainment or telecommunications industries and a “business combination” will mean the acquisition by us of such target business and could involve an acquisition of assets, a stock purchase, a merger or similar form of business combination. We do not have any specific business combination under consideration or contemplation and we have not, nor has anyone on our behalf, contacted any prospective target business or had any discussions, formal or otherwise, with respect to such a transaction. Moreover, we have not engaged or retained any agent or other representative to identify or locate any suitable acquisition candidate for us. Additionally, neither we nor any of our agents or affiliates have been approached by any candidates or representatives of any candidates with respect to a possible business combination with our company.

Our executive offices are located at 2601 Ocean Park Boulevard, Suite 320, Santa Monica, CA 90405, and our telephone number at that location is (310) 452-8300 ext. 111.

2




The Offering

Securities offered

 

10,000,000 units, at $6.00 per unit, each unit consisting of:

 

 

·  one share of common stock; and

 

 

·  two warrants.

 

 

The units will begin trading on or promptly after the date of this prospectus. Each of the common stock and warrants may begin trading separately on the 90th day after the date of this prospectus unless Morgan Joseph & Co., determines that an earlier date is acceptable, based on their assessment of the relative strengths of the securities markets and small capitalization companies in general, and the trading pattern of, and demand for, our securities in particular. In no event will Morgan Joseph & Co. allow separate trading of the common stock and warrants until we file an audited balance sheet reflecting our receipt of the gross proceeds of this offering and the underwriters’ over-allotment has either expired or been exercised. We will file a Current Report on Form 8-K, including an audited balance sheet, upon the consummation of this offering, which is anticipated to take place three business days from the date the units commence trading. The audited balance sheet will include proceeds we receive from the exercise of the over-allotment option if the over-allotment option is exercised prior to the filing of the Form 8-K. We will file a separate Current Report on Form 8-K if the over-allotment option is exercised in whole or in part after the consummation of the offering. We will also include in this Form 8-K, or amendment thereto, or in a subsequent Form 8-K information indicating if the representative has allowed separate trading of common stock and warrants prior to the 90th day after the date of this prospectus. Although we will not distribute copies of the Current Report on Form 8-K to individual unit holders, the Current Report on Form 8-K will be available on the SEC’s website after the filing. See the section appearing elsewhere in this prospectus entitled “Where You Can Find Additional Information.”

Common stock:

 

 

Number outstanding before this offering

 

2,500,000 shares

Number to be outstanding after this
offering

 

12,500,000 shares

Warrants:

 

 

Number outstanding before this offering

 

0

Number to be outstanding after this
offering

 

20,000,000 warrants

Exercisability

 

Each warrant is exercisable for one share of common stock.

3




 

Exercise price

 

$5.00 per share

Exercise period

 

The warrants will become exercisable on the later of:

 

 

·  the completion of a business combination with a target business, or

 

 

·                  , 2007. [one year from the date of this prospectus]

 

 

The warrants will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on                 , 2010 [four years from the date of this prospectus] or earlier upon redemption.

Redemption

 

We may redeem the outstanding warrants (including any warrants issued upon exercise of the unit purchase option):

 

 

·  in whole and not in part;

 

 

·  at a price of $0.01 per warrant at any time after the warrants become exercisable;

 

 

·  upon a minimum of 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption; and

 

 

·  if, and only if, the last sale price of our common stock equals or exceeds $8.50 per share for any 20 trading days within a 30 trading day period ending three business days before we send the notice of redemption.

 

 

We have established these criteria to provide warrant holders with a reasonable premium to the initial warrant exercise price as well as to provide a degree of liquidity to cushion the market reaction, if any, to our redemption call. If the foregoing conditions are satisfied and we call the warrants for redemption, each warrant holder will then be entitled to exercise his or her warrant prior to the date scheduled for redemption, however, there can be no assurance that the price of the common stock will exceed the call trigger price or the warrant exercise price after the redemption call is made.

Proposed OTC Bulletin Board symbols for our:

 

 

Units

 

“                   ”

Common Stock

 

“                   ”

Warrants

 

“                   ”

Offering proceeds to be held in trust

 

$54,400,000 of the proceeds of this offering ($5.44 per unit) will be placed in a trust account at JPMorgan Chase NY Bank maintained by American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, acting as trustee, pursuant to an agreement to be signed on the date of this prospectus. These proceeds will not be released until the earlier of the completion of a business combination or our liquidation. Therefore, unless and until a business combination is consummated, the proceeds held in the trust account will not be available for

4




 

 

our use for any expenses related to this offering or expenses that we may incur related to the investigation and selection of a target business and the negotiation of an agreement to acquire a target business, except that to the extent the trust account earns interest or we are deemed to have earned income in connection therewith, we will be permitted to seek disbursements from the trust account to pay any federal, state or local tax obligations related thereto. Expenses incurred by us while seeking a business combination may be paid prior to a business combination only from the net proceeds of this offering not held in the trust account (initially, approximately $1,000,000 after the payment of the expenses relating to this offering).

 

 

A portion of the funds not held in the trust account will be used to repay loans made to us by our stockholders to cover offering related expenses. It is possible that we could use a portion of the funds not in the trust account to make a deposit, down payment or fund a “no-shop”

 

 

provision with respect to a particular proposed business combination. In the event we were ultimately required to forfeit such funds (whether as a result of our breach of the agreement relating to such payment or otherwise), we may not have a sufficient amount of working capital available outside of the trust account to pay expenses related to finding a suitable business combination without securing additional financing. If we were unable to secure additional financing, we would most likely fail to consummate a business combination in the allotted time and would be forced to liquidate. As used in this prospectus, a “no-shop provision” means a contractual provision that prohibits the parties in a business combination from engaging in certain actions such as soliciting better offers or other transactions prior to the completion of the business combination or the termination thereof and requires, in the event of a breach of such provision, the breaching party to make a monetary payment to the non-breaching party. In the case of a buyer of the business, such a provision can impose liquidated damages on the buyer if the buyer fails to consummate the business combination transaction in certain circumstances resulting in the forfeiture of any deposit.

Prior to the completion of a business combination, there will be no fees, reimbursements or cash payments made to our existing stockholders and/or officers and directors other than:

·  Repayment of a $225,000 interest-free loan made by our existing stockholders to cover offering expenses;

·  Payment of up to $7,500 per month to affiliates of our existing stockholders for office space and administrative services; and

5




 

 

·  Reimbursement for any expenses incident to the offering and finding a suitable business combination.

 

 

None of the warrants may be exercised until after the consummation of a business combination and, thus, after the proceeds of the trust account have been disbursed, the warrant exercise price will be paid directly to us or our successor and not placed in the trust account.

Stockholders must approve business combination

 


We will seek stockholder approval before effecting any business combination, even if the business combination would not ordinarily require stockholder approval under applicable state law. In connection with the stockholder vote required to approve any business combination, all of our existing stockholders have agreed to vote the shares of common stock owned by them prior to this offering in the same manner as a majority of shares of common stock voted by the public stockholders. Our existing stockholders have also agreed that if they acquire shares of common stock in or following this offering, they will vote such acquired shares in favor of a business combination.

 

 

We will proceed with a business combination only if a majority of the shares of common stock voted by the public stockholders are voted in favor of the business combination and public stockholders owning less than 20% of the shares sold in this offering exercise their conversion rights described below. Voting against the business combination alone will not result in conversion of a stockholder’s shares into a pro rata share of the trust account. Such stockholder must also exercise its conversion rights described below. We will only structure or consummate a business combination in which all stockholders exercising their conversion rights, up to 19.99%, are entitled to receive their pro rata portion of the trust account (net of taxes payable).

6




 

Conversion rights for stockholders voting to reject a business combination

 


Public stockholders voting against a business combination will be entitled to convert their stock into a pro rata share of the trust account, including any interest earned on their portion of the trust account (net of taxes payable), if the business combination is approved and completed. Public stockholders that convert their stock into their pro rata share of the trust account will continue to have the right to exercise any warrants they may hold. Existing stockholders are not entitled to convert any of their shares of common stock acquired prior to this offering into a pro rata share of the trust account. However, existing stockholders who acquire shares of common stock in connection with or after this offering will be entitled to a pro rata share of the trust account upon our liquidation prior to a business combination. We will only structure or consummate a business combination in which all stockholders exercising their conversion rights, up to 19.99%, are entitled to receive their pro rata portion of the trust account (net of taxes payable).

Liquidation if no business combination

 

We will dissolve and promptly distribute only to our public stockholders the amount in our trust account plus any remaining net assets if we do not effect a business combination within 18 months after consummation of this offering (or within 24 months from the consummation of this offering if a letter of intent or definitive agreement has been executed within 18 months after consummation of this offering and the business combination has not yet been consummated within such 18 month period). All of our officers and directors directly or indirectly own common stock in our company, but have waived their right to receive distributions (other than with respect to common stock, or any shares of common stock underlying units, they purchase in connection with this offering or in the after market) upon our liquidation prior to a business combination. We will pay the costs of liquidation and dissolution from our remaining assets outside of the trust account.

Escrow of existing stockholders’ shares

 

On the date of this prospectus, all of our existing stockholders, including all of our officers and directors, will place the shares they owned before this offering into an escrow account maintained by American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, acting as escrow agent. Subject to certain limited exceptions, such as transfers to family members and trusts for estate planning purposes and upon death while remaining subject to the escrow agreement, these shares will not be transferable during the escrow period and will not be released from escrow until                   , 2009 [three years from the date of this prospectus], unless we were to engage in a transaction after the consummation of the initial business combination that results in all of the stockholders of the combined entity having the right to exchange their shares of common stock for cash, securities or other property.

 

Risks

In making your decision on whether to invest in our securities, you should take into account not only the backgrounds of our management team and the media, entertainment and telecommunications industries, but also the special risks we face as a blank check company, as well as the fact that this offering is not being conducted in compliance with Rule 419 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, and therefore, you will not be entitled to protections normally afforded to investors in Rule 419 blank check offerings. Additionally, our existing stockholders’ initial equity investment is below that which is required under the guidelines of the North American Securities Administrators’ Association, Inc. You should carefully consider these and the other risks set forth in the section entitled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 9 of this prospectus.

7




SUMMARY FINANCIAL DATA

The following table summarizes the relevant financial data for our business and should be read with our financial statements, which are included in this prospectus. We have not had any significant operations to date, so only balance sheet data is presented.

 

 

December 13, 2005

 

 

 

Actual

 

As Adjusted

 

Balance Sheet Data:

 

 

 

 

 

Working capital/(deficiency)

 

$

(16,000 

)

$

55,424,000 

 

Total assets

 

252,500

 

55,424,000

 

Total liabilities

 

228,500

 

 

Value of common stock that may be converted to cash ($5.44 per share)

 

 

10,874,560

 

Stockholders’ equity

 

24,000

 

44,549,440

 

 

The working capital in the actual column excludes $40,000 of costs related to the offering that have been paid or accrued prior to December 13, 2005 and have been recorded as a long-term asset on our balance sheet.

The “as adjusted” information gives effect to the sale of the units we are offering including the application of the related gross proceeds and the payment of the estimated remaining costs from such sale and the repayment of accrued and other liabilities to be made.

The working capital and total assets amounts include the $54,400,000 to be held in the trust account, which will be available to us only upon the consummation of a business combination within the time period described in this prospectus. If a business combination is not so consummated, we will be dissolved and the proceeds held in the trust account will be distributed solely to our public stockholders.

We will not proceed with a business combination if public stockholders owning 20% or more of the shares sold in this offering vote against the business combination and exercise their conversion rights. Accordingly, we may effect a business combination if public stockholders owning up to approximately 19.99% of the shares sold in this offering exercise their conversion rights. If this occurred, we would be required to convert to cash up to approximately 19.99% of the 10,000,000 shares sold in this offering, or 1,999,000 shares of common stock, at an initial per-share conversion price of $5.44, without taking into account interest earned on the trust account (net of any taxes due on such interest, which taxes, if any, shall be paid from the trust account). The actual per-share conversion price will be equal to:

·       the amount in the trust account, including all accrued interest (net of taxes payable), as of two business days prior to the proposed consummation of the business combination, divided by

·       the number of shares of common stock sold in the offering.

8




RISK FACTORS

An investment in our securities involves a high degree of risk. You should consider carefully all of the risks described below, together with the other information contained in this prospectus before making a decision to invest in our units.

Risks Associated with our Business

We are a development stage company with no operating history and, accordingly, you will not have any basis on which to evaluate our ability to achieve our business objective.

We are a recently incorporated development stage company with no operating results to date. Therefore, our ability to begin operations is dependent upon obtaining financing through the public offering of our securities. Since we do not have any operations or an operating history, you will have no basis upon which to evaluate our ability to achieve our business objective, which is to acquire one or more operating businesses in the media, entertainment or telecommunications industries. We have not conducted any discussions and have no plans, arrangements or understandings with any prospective target business with respect to a business combination. We will not generate any revenues or income until, at the earliest, after the consummation of a business combination. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from our ability to consummate this offering or our ability to operate as a going concern.

If we are forced to liquidate before a business combination, our public stockholders will receive less than $6.00 per share upon distribution of the trust account and our warrants will expire worthless.

If we are unable to complete a business combination and are forced to liquidate our assets, the per-share liquidation will be less than $6.00 because of the expenses of this offering, our general and administrative expenses and the anticipated costs of seeking a business combination after this offering. Upon our liquidation public stockholders will be entitled to receive approximately $5.44 per share plus interest earned on their pro rata portion of the trust account (net of taxes payable thereon). Furthermore, there will be no distribution with respect to our outstanding warrants and, accordingly, the warrants will expire worthless if we liquidate before the completion of a business combination. For a more complete discussion of the effects on our stockholders if we are unable to complete a business combination, see the section below entitled “Proposed Business—Effecting a Business Combination—Liquidation if no Business Combination.”

You will not be entitled to protections normally afforded to investors of blank check companies.

Since the net proceeds of this offering are intended to be used to complete a business combination with a target business that has not been identified, we may be deemed to be a “blank check” company under the United States securities laws. However, since we will have net tangible assets in excess of $5,000,000 upon the consummation of this offering and will file a Current Report on Form 8-K with the SEC upon consummation of this offering, including an audited balance sheet demonstrating this fact, we believe we are exempt from rules promulgated by the SEC to protect investors of blank check companies, such as Rule 419 of the Securities Act. Accordingly, investors will not be afforded the benefits or protections of those rules. Because we do not believe we are subject to Rule 419, our units will be immediately tradable and we have a longer period of time to complete a business combination in certain circumstances than if we were subject to such rule. For a more detailed comparison of our offering to offerings under Rule 419, see the section entitled “Proposed Business—Comparison to Offerings of Blank Check Companies”.

9




If the cash not held in trust is insufficient to allow us to operate for at least the next 24 months, we may be unable to complete a business combination.

We believe that, upon consummation of this offering, the funds held by us outside the trust account will be sufficient to allow us to operate for a minimum of 24 months, assuming that a business combination is not consummated during that time. However, we cannot assure you that our estimates will be accurate. We could use a portion of these funds to engage consultants to assist us with our search for a target business. We could also use a portion of these funds as a down payment or to fund a “no-shop” provision (a provision in letters of intent designed to prevent a target businesses from “shopping” around for transactions with other companies on terms more favorable to such target businesses) with respect to a particular proposed business combination, although we do not have any current intention to do so. If we entered into such a letter of intent where we paid for the right to receive exclusivity from a target business and were subsequently required to forfeit such funds (whether as a result of our breach or otherwise), we may not have sufficient funds to continue searching for, or conduct due diligence with respect to, a target business.

Because there are numerous companies with a business plan similar to ours seeking to effectuate a business combination, it may be more difficult for us to complete a business combination.

Based upon publicly available information, approximately 41 similarly structured blank check companies have completed initial public offerings since August 2003 and numerous others have filed registration statements. Of these companies, only four companies have consummated a business combination, while five other companies have announced they have entered into a definitive agreement for a business combination, but have not consummated such business combination. Accordingly, there are approximately 31 blank check companies with more than $1.9 billion in trust that are seeking to carry out a business plan similar to our business plan. Furthermore, there are a number of additional offerings that are still in the registration process but have not completed initial public offerings and there are likely to be more blank check companies filing registration statements for initial public offerings after the date of this prospectus and prior to our completion of a business combination. While some of those companies have specific industries in which they must complete a business combination, a number of them may consummate a business combination in any industry they choose. We may therefore be subject to competition from these and other companies seeking to consummate a business plan similar to ours which will, as a result, increase demand for privately-held companies to combine with companies structured similarly to ours. Further, the fact that only four of such companies have completed a business combination and five of such companies have entered into a definitive agreement for a business combination may be an indication that there are only a limited number of attractive target businesses available to such entities or that many privately-held target businesses may not be inclined to enter into business combinations with publicly held blank check companies like us. We cannot assure you that we will be able to successfully compete for an attractive business combination. Additionally, because of this competition, we cannot assure you that we will be able to effectuate a business combination within the required time periods. If we are unable to find a suitable target business within such time periods, we will be forced to liquidate.

If third parties bring claims against us, the proceeds held in trust could be reduced and the per-share liquidation price received by stockholders will be less than $5.44 per share.

Our placing of funds in trust may not protect those funds from third party claims against us. Although we will seek to have all vendors, prospective target businesses or other entities with which we execute agreements waive any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies held in the trust account for the benefit of our public stockholders, there is no guarantee that they will execute such agreements, or even if they execute such agreements that they would be prevented from bringing claims against the trust account. If any third party refused to execute an agreement waiving such claims to the monies held in the trust account, we would perform an analysis of the alternatives available to us if we chose not to engage

10




such third party and evaluate if such engagement would be in the best interest of our stockholders if such third party refused to waive such claims.

Examples of possible instances where we may engage a third party that refused to execute a waiver include the engagement of a third party consultant whose particular expertise or skills are believed by management to be significantly superior to those of other consultants that would agree to execute a waiver or in cases where management is unable to find a provider of required services willing to provide the waiver. In any event, our management would perform an analysis of the alternatives available to it and would only enter into an agreement with a third party that did not execute a waiver if management believed that such third party’s engagement would be significantly more beneficial to us than any alternative. In addition, there is no guarantee that such entities will agree to waive any claims they may have in the future as a result of, or arising out of, any negotiations, contracts or agreements with us and not seek recourse against the trust account for any reason. Accordingly, the proceeds held in trust could be subject to claims that could take priority over the claims of our public stockholders and the per-share liquidation price could be less than the $5.44 per share held in the trust account, plus interest (net of any taxes due on such interest, which taxes, if any, shall be paid from the trust account), due to claims of such creditors. If we are unable to complete a business combination and are forced to liquidate, our Chairman and executive officers will be personally liable under certain limited circumstances (for example, if a vendor does not waive any rights or claims to the trust account) to ensure that the proceeds in the trust account are not reduced by the claims of various vendors or other entities that are owed money by us for services rendered or products sold to us, to the extent necessary to ensure that such claims do not reduce the amount in the trust account. However, we cannot assure you that our Chairman and executive officers will be able to satisfy those obligations.

Furthermore, even after our liquidation (including the distribution of the funds held in the trust account), under the Delaware General Corporation Law, stockholders may be held liable for claims by third parties against a corporation to the extent of distributions received by them in a dissolution. Accordingly, we cannot assure you that third parties will not seek to recover from our stockholders amounts owed to them by us.

We may issue shares of our capital stock to complete a business combination, which would reduce the equity interest of our stockholders and likely cause a change in control of our ownership.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation authorizes the issuance of up to 100,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $.001 per share, and 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $.001 per share. Immediately after this offering (assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option), there will be 64,500,000 authorized but unissued shares of our common stock available for issuance (after appropriate reservation for the issuance of shares upon full exercise of our outstanding warrants) and all of the 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock available for issuance. Although we have no commitments as of the date of this offering to issue our securities, we may issue a substantial number of additional shares of our common stock or preferred stock, or a combination of common and preferred stock, to complete a business combination. The issuance of additional shares of our common stock or any number of shares of our preferred stock:

·       may significantly reduce the equity interest of investors in this offering;

·       may subordinate the rights of holders of common stock if preferred stock is issued with rights senior to those afforded to our common stock;

·       will likely cause a change in control if a substantial number of our shares of common stock are issued, which may affect, among other things, our ability to use our net operating loss carry forwards, if any, and most likely also result in the resignation or removal of our present officers and directors; and

11




·       may adversely affect prevailing market prices for our common stock.

For a more complete discussion of the possible structure of a business combination, see the section below entitled “Effecting a Business Combination—Selection of a Target Business and Structuring of a Business Combination.”

The ability of our stockholders to exercise their conversion rights may not allow us to effectuate the most desirable business combination or optimize our capital structure.

When we seek stockholder approval of any business combination, we will offer each public stockholder the right to have his, her or its shares of common stock converted to cash if the stockholder votes against the business combination and the business combination is approved and completed. Accordingly, if our business combination requires us to use substantially all of our cash to pay the purchase price, because we will not know how many stockholders may exercise such conversion rights, we may either need to reserve part of the trust account for possible payment upon such conversion, or we may need to arrange third party financing to help fund our business combination in case a larger percentage of stockholders exercise their conversion rights than we expect. Therefore, we may not be able to consummate a business combination that requires us to use all of the funds held in the trust account as part of the purchase price, or we may end up having a leverage ratio that is not optimal for our business combination. This may limit our ability to effectuate the most attractive business combination available to us.

We may issue notes or other debt securities, or otherwise incur substantial debt, to complete a business combination, which may adversely affect our leverage and financial condition.

Although we have no commitments as of the date of this prospectus to issue any notes or other debt securities, or to otherwise incur outstanding debt, we may choose to incur substantial debt to complete a business combination. The incurrence of debt could result in:

·       default and foreclosure on our assets if our operating cash flow after a business combination were insufficient to pay our debt obligations;

·       acceleration of our obligations to repay the indebtedness even if we have made all principal and interest payments when due if the debt security contained covenants that required the maintenance of certain financial ratios or reserves and any such covenant were breached without a waiver or renegotiation of that covenant;

·       our immediate payment of all principal and accrued interest, if any, if the debt security was payable on demand;

·       covenants that limit our ability to acquire capital assets or make additional acquisitions; and

·       our inability to obtain additional financing, if necessary, if the debt security contained covenants restricting our ability to obtain additional financing while such security was outstanding.

Our ability to effect a business combination and to execute any potential business plan afterwards will be totally dependent upon the efforts of our key personnel, some of whom may join us following a business combination and whom we would have only a limited ability to evaluate.

Our ability to effect a business combination will be totally dependent upon the efforts of our key personnel. The future role of our key personnel following a business combination, however, cannot presently be fully ascertained. Although some of our key personnel may remain associated with the target business following a business combination, some or all of the management of the target business may remain in place. While we intend to closely scrutinize any additional individuals we engage after a business combination, we cannot assure you that our assessment of these individuals will prove to be correct. These

12




individuals may be unfamiliar with the requirements of operating a public company as well as with United States securities laws, which could cause us to have to expend time and resources helping them become familiar with such laws. This could be expensive and time-consuming and could lead to various regulatory issues which may adversely affect our operations. Moreover, our current management will only be able to remain with the combined company after the consummation of a business combination if they are able to negotiate and agree to mutually acceptable employment terms as part of any such combination, which terms would be disclosed to stockholders in any proxy statement relating to a business combination. If we acquired a target business in an all-cash transaction, it would be more likely that current members of management would remain with us if they chose to do so. If a business combination were structured as a merger whereby the stockholders of the target company were to control the combined company following a business combination, it may be less likely that management would remain with the combined company unless it was negotiated as part of the transaction via the acquisition agreement, an employment agreement or other arrangement. In making the determination as to whether current management should remain with us following the business combination, management will analyze the experience and skill set of the target business’s management and negotiate as part of the business combination that certain members of current management remain if it is believed that it is in the best interests of the combined company post-business combination.

If management were to negotiate to be retained by the company post-business combination as a condition to any potential business combination, such negotiations may result in a conflict of interest.

Our current management will only be able to remain with the combined company after the consummation of a business combination if they are able to negotiate mutually agreeable employment terms as part of any such combination, which terms would be disclosed to stockholders in any proxy statement relating to such transaction. The financial interest of our officers and directors could influence their motivation in selecting a target business, and thus, there may be a conflict of interest when determining whether a particular business combination is in the stockholders’ best interest.

Our officers and directors may allocate their time to other businesses thereby causing conflicts of interest in their determination as to how much time to devote to our affairs. This conflict of interest could have a negative impact on our ability to consummate a business combination.

Our officers and directors are not required to commit their full time to our affairs, which may result in a conflict of interest in allocating their time between our operations and other businesses. We do not intend to have any full time employees prior to the consummation of a business combination. Each of our officers is engaged in several other business endeavors and is not obligated to contribute any specific number of hours per week to our affairs. If our officers’ other business affairs require them to devote more substantial amounts of time to such affairs, it could limit their ability to devote time to our affairs and could have a negative impact on our ability to consummate a business combination. For a discussion of potential conflicts of interest that you should be aware of, see the section below entitled “Management—Conflicts of Interest.” We cannot assure you that these conflicts will be resolved in our favor.

Our officers and directors are currently affiliated with entities engaged in business activities similar to those intended to be conducted by us and accordingly, may have conflicting fiduciary duties in determining to which entity a particular business opportunity should be presented.

Certain of our officers and directors are currently involved in other businesses that are similar to the business activities that we intend to conduct following a business combination. Due to these existing affiliations, they may have conflicting fiduciary obligations with regard to presenting certain potential business opportunities to those entities that may be of interest to us. Our officers and directors may in the future become affiliated with other entities, including other “blank check” companies, engaged in business activities similar to those we intend to conduct. If we were to seek a business combination with a target

13




business with which one or more of our existing stockholders may be affiliated, conflicts of interest could arise in connection with negotiating the terms of and completing the business combination. Accordingly, such officers and directors may become subject to conflicts of interest regarding us and other business ventures in which they may be involved, which conflicts may have an adverse effect on our ability to consummate a business combination. Each of Messrs. Hartenstein, Meyers, Chapman and Cox have entered into agreements with their former employer pursuant to which they have agreed to forbear from certain activities, including the disclosure or use of any proprietary information obtained while working for the former employer.  These agreements expire as follows: Eddy Hartenstein - December 31, 2006, Robert Meyers - February 6, 2006, Lawrence Chapman - August 31, 2006 and Steven Cox - March 30, 2007. Separately, the agreements also restrict these officers and directors from any activity which is competitive with their former employer where it is reasonably likely that any of these individuals would disclose or utilize any such confidential or proprietary information in the conduct of such activities. None of the officers and directors subject to these agreements intends to disclose or use any such confidential or proprietary information in connection with our business. For a complete discussion of our management’s business affiliations and the potential conflicts of interest that you should be aware of, see the sections below entitled “Management—Directors and Executive Officers” and “Management—Conflicts of Interest.” We cannot assure you that these conflicts will be resolved in our favor.

None of our officers or directors, or any of their affiliates, has ever been associated with a blank check company which could adversely affect our ability to consummate a business combination.

None of our officers or directors, or any of their affiliates, has ever been associated with a blank check company. Accordingly, you may not have sufficient information with which to evaluate the ability of our management team to identify and complete a business combination using the proceeds of this offering. Our management’s lack of experience in operating a blank check company could adversely affect our ability to consummate a business combination and force us to liquidate. If we are forced to liquidate, our stockholders could receive less than the amount they paid for our securities, causing them to incur significant financial losses.

All of our officers and directors own shares of our securities that will not participate in liquidation distributions and therefore they may have a conflict of interest in determining whether a particular target business is appropriate for a business combination.

All of our officers and directors, directly or indirectly, own shares of common stock in our company that were issued prior to this offering but have waived their right to receive distributions with respect to these shares upon our liquidation if we are unable to complete a business combination. Additionally, our officers and directors, or their designees, have agreed to purchase in the open market up to $1,200,000 of our warrants at a price not to exceed $0.70 per warrant. These purchases will occur during the first 60 trading day period beginning the later of the date separate trading of the common stock and the warrants begins or 60 days after the end of the “restricted period” under Regulation M promulgated by the SEC. This increase, together with any other acquisitions of our shares (or warrants which are subsequently exercised), could allow the existing stockholders to influence the outcome of matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors and approval of significant corporate transactions after completion of our initial business combination. The shares and warrants owned by our officers and directors will be worthless if we do not consummate a business combination. The personal and financial interests of these directors may influence their motivation in identifying and selecting a target business and completing a business combination in a timely manner. Consequently, our officers and directors’ discretion in identifying and selecting a suitable target business may result in a conflict of interest when determining whether the terms, conditions and timing of a particular business combination are appropriate and in our stockholders’ best interest.

14




Our existing stockholders will not receive reimbursement for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred by them to the extent that such expenses exceed the portion of net proceeds of the offering that is not placed in the trust account, unless the business combination is consummated, and therefore they may have a conflict of interest.

Our existing stockholders will not receive reimbursement for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred by them to the extent that such expenses exceed the portion of net proceeds of the offering that is not placed in the trust account, unless the business combination is consummated. The financial interest of such persons could influence their motivation in selecting a target business and thus, there may be a conflict of interest when determining whether a particular business combination is in the stockholders’ best interest.

If our common stock becomes subject to the SEC’s penny stock rules, broker-dealers may experience difficulty in completing customer transactions and trading activity in our securities may be adversely affected.

If at any time we have net tangible assets of $5,000,000 or less and our common stock has a market price per share of less than $5.00, transactions in our common stock may be subject to the “penny stock” rules promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Under these rules, broker-dealers who recommend such securities to persons other than institutional accredited investors must:

·       make a special written suitability determination for the purchaser;

·       receive the purchaser’s written agreement to a transaction prior to sale;

·       provide the purchaser with risk disclosure documents that identify certain risks associated with investing in “penny stocks” and that describe the market for these “penny stocks” as well as a purchaser’s legal remedies; and

·       obtain a signed and dated acknowledgment from the purchaser demonstrating that the purchaser has actually received the required risk disclosure document before a transaction in a “penny stock” can be completed.

If our common stock becomes subject to these rules, broker-dealers may find it difficult to effectuate customer transactions and trading activity in our securities may be adversely affected. As a result, the market price of our securities may be depressed, and you may find it more difficult to sell our securities.

It is probable that we will only be able to complete one business combination, which will cause us to be solely dependent on a single business.

The net proceeds from this offering will provide us with approximately $55.4 million, which we may use to complete a business combination, including expenses in connection therewith. Our initial business combination must be with a business or businesses with a fair market value of at least 80% of our net assets at the time of such transaction. We currently have no restrictions on our ability to seek additional funds through the sale of securities or through loans. As a consequence, we could seek to acquire a target business that has a fair market value significantly in excess of 80% of our net assets. Although as of the date of this prospectus we have not engaged or retained, had any discussions with, or entered into any agreements with, any third party regarding any such potential financing transactions, we could seek to fund such a business combination by raising additional funds through the sale of our securities or through loan arrangements. However, if we were to seek such additional funds, any such arrangement would only be consummated simultaneously with our consummation of a business combination. Consequently, it is probable that we will have the ability to complete only a single business combination, although this may entail the simultaneous acquisitions of several assets or closely related operating businesses at the same time. However, should our management elect to pursue more than one acquisition of target businesses simultaneously, our management could encounter difficulties in consummating all or a portion of such acquisitions due to a lack of adequate resources, including the inability of management to devote sufficient time to the due diligence, negotiation and documentation of each acquisition. Furthermore, even if we

15




complete the acquisition of more than one target business at substantially the same time, there can be no assurance that we will be able to integrate the operations of such target businesses.

Accordingly, the prospects for our ability to effect our business strategy may be:

·       solely dependent upon the performance of a single business; or

·       dependent upon the development or market acceptance of a single or limited number of products, processes or services.

In this case, we will not be able to diversify our operations or benefit from the possible spreading of risks or offsetting of losses, unlike other entities which may have the resources to complete several business combinations in different industries or different areas of a single industry. Furthermore, since our business combination may entail the simultaneous acquisitions of several assets or operating businesses at the same time and may be with different sellers, we will need to convince such sellers to agree that the purchase of their assets or businesses is contingent upon the simultaneous closings of the other acquisitions.

We may be unable to obtain additional financing, if required, to complete a business combination or to fund the operations and growth of the target business, which could compel us to restructure the transaction or abandon a particular business combination.

Although we believe that the net proceeds of this offering will be sufficient to allow us to consummate a business combination, in as much as we have not yet identified any prospective target business, we cannot ascertain the capital requirements for any particular transaction. If the net proceeds of this offering prove to be insufficient, either because of the size of the business combination or the depletion of the available net proceeds in search of a target business, or because we become obligated to convert into cash a significant number of shares from dissenting stockholders, we will be required to seek additional financing. We cannot assure you that such financing would be available on acceptable terms, if at all. To the extent that additional financing proves to be unavailable when needed to consummate a particular business combination, we would be compelled to restructure the transaction or abandon that particular business combination and seek an alternative target business candidate. In addition, it is possible that we could use a portion of the funds not in the trust account to make a deposit, down payment or fund a “no-shop” provision with respect to a proposed business combination, although we do not have any current intention to do so. In the event that we were ultimately required to forfeit such funds (whether as a result of our breach of the agreement relating to such payment or otherwise), we may not have a sufficient amount of working capital available outside of the trust account to conduct due diligence and pay other expenses related to finding a suitable business combination without securing additional financing. If were unable to secure additional financing, we would most likely fail to consummate a business combination in the allotted time and would be forced to liquidate, resulting in a loss of a portion of your investment. In addition, if we consummate a business combination, we may require additional financing to fund the operations or growth of the target business. The failure to secure additional financing could have a material adverse effect on the continued development or growth of the target business. None of our officers, directors or stockholders is required to provide any financing to us in connection with or after a business combination. For a more complete discussion regarding the liquidation of our company if we cannot consummate a business combination, see “Business—Effecting a Business Combination—Liquidation if no Business Combination.”

Our existing stockholders, including our officers and directors, control a substantial interest in us and thus may influence certain actions requiring stockholder vote.

Upon consummation of our offering, our existing stockholders (including all of our officers and directors) will collectively own 20% of our issued and outstanding shares of common stock (assuming they do not purchase units in this offering). Additionally, pursuant to the terms of a warrant purchase

16




agreement with Morgan Joseph & Co., our officers and directors, or their designees, have agreed to purchase in the open market up to $1,200,000 of our warrants at a price not to exceed $0.70 per warrant. These purchases will occur during the first 60 trading day period beginning the later of the date separate trading of the common stock and warrants begins or 60 calendar days after the end of the “restricted period” under Regulation M promulgated by the SEC, which may result in management having greater than a 20% interest in our company if these warrants are subsequently exercised. This increase, together with any other acquisitions of our shares (or warrants which are subsequently exercised), could allow the existing stockholders to influence the outcome of matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors and approval of significant corporate transactions after completion of our initial business combination. These warrants cannot be sold until after consummation of a business combination; however, they may be able to transfer such warrants in certain limited circumstances such as by will in the event of their death, but the transferees receiving such warrants will be subject to the same sale restrictions imposed on our officers and directors and their designees. None of our other existing stockholders, officers and directors has indicated to us that they intend to purchase units in the offering. For a more complete discussion, including a detailed description of when such purchases may begin under Regulation M, please see the section of this prospectus entitled “Principal Stockholders.”

Our board of directors is divided into two classes, each of which will generally serve for a term of two years with only one class of directors being elected in each year. It is unlikely that there will be an annual meeting of stockholders to elect new directors prior to the consummation of a business combination, in which case all of the current directors will continue in office at least until the consummation of the business combination. If there is an annual meeting, as a consequence of our “staggered” board of directors, initially only a minority of the board of directors will be considered for election and our existing stockholders, because of their ownership position, will have considerable influence regarding the outcome. Accordingly, our existing stockholders will continue to exert control at least until the consummation of a business combination. In addition, our existing stockholders and their affiliates and relatives are not prohibited from purchasing units in this offering or in the open market. If they do, we cannot assure you that our existing stockholders will not have considerable influence upon the vote in connection with a business combination.

Our existing stockholders paid an aggregate of $25,000, or approximately $0.01 per share, for their shares and, accordingly, you will experience immediate and substantial dilution from the purchase of our common stock.

The difference between the public offering price per share of our common stock and the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock after this offering constitutes the dilution to you and the other investors in this offering. The fact that our existing stockholders acquired their shares of common stock at a nominal price has significantly contributed to this dilution. Assuming the offering is completed, you and the other new investors will incur an immediate and substantial dilution of approximately 29.3% or $1.76 per share (the difference between the pro forma net tangible book value per share of $4.24, and the initial offering price of $6.00 per unit).

Our outstanding warrants and unit purchase option may have an adverse effect on the market price of common stock and make it more difficult to effect a business combination.

In connection with this offering, as part of the units (but not including any over-allotments issued to the underwriters), we will be issuing warrants to purchase 20,000,000 shares of common stock. We will also issue an option to purchase 1,000,000 units to Morgan Joseph & Co. which, if exercised, will result in the issuance of an additional 1,000,000 shares of common stock and 2,000,000 warrants. To the extent we issue shares of common stock to effect a business combination, the potential for the issuance of substantial numbers of additional shares upon exercise of these warrants and option could make us a less attractive acquisition vehicle in the eyes of a target business as such securities, when exercised, will increase the number of issued and outstanding shares of our common stock and reduce the value of the shares issued to

17




complete the business combination. Accordingly, our warrants and Morgan Joseph & Co.’s unit purchase option may make it more difficult to effectuate a business combination or increase the cost of the target business. Additionally, the sale, or even the possibility of sale, of the shares underlying the warrants and unit purchase option could have an adverse effect on the market price for our securities or on our ability to obtain future public financing. If and to the extent these warrants and unit purchase option are exercised, you may experience dilution to your holdings.

If our existing stockholders exercise their registration rights, it may have an adverse effect on the market price of our common stock and the existence of these rights may make it more difficult to effect a business combination.

Our existing stockholders are entitled to require us to register the resale of their shares of common stock at any time after the date on which their shares are released from escrow, which, except in limited circumstances, will not be before three years from the date of this prospectus. If our existing stockholders exercise their registration rights with respect to all of their shares of common stock, then there will be an additional 2,500,000 shares of common stock eligible for trading in the public market. The presence of this additional number of shares of common stock eligible for trading in the public market may have an adverse effect on the market price of our common stock. In addition, the existence of these rights may make it more difficult to effectuate a business combination or increase the cost of the target business, as the stockholders of the target business may be discouraged from entering into a business combination with us or will request a higher price for their securities as a result of these registration rights and the potential future effect their exercise may have on the trading market for our common stock.

If you are not an institutional investor, you may purchase our securities in this offering only if you reside within certain states and may engage in resale transactions only in those states and a limited number of other jurisdictions.

We have applied to register our securities, or have obtained or will seek to obtain an exemption from registration, in Colorado, Delaware, the District of Columbia, Florida, Hawaii, Illinois, Indiana, New York and Rhode Island. If you are not an “institutional investor,” you must be a resident of these jurisdictions to purchase our securities in the offering. The definition of an “institutional investor” varies from state to state but generally includes financial institutions, broker-dealers, banks, insurance companies and other qualified entities. In order to prevent resale transactions in violation of states’ securities laws, you may engage in resale transactions only in these states and in a limited number of other jurisdictions in which an applicable exemption is available or an application has been filed and accepted. This restriction on resale may limit your ability to resell the securities purchased in this offering and may impact the price of our securities. For a more complete discussion of the state securities laws and registrations affecting this offering, please see “Underwriting—State Blue Sky Information” below.

We intend to have our securities quoted on the OTC Bulletin Board, which will limit the liquidity and price of our securities more than if our securities were quoted or listed on the Nasdaq Stock Market or a national exchange.

We anticipate that our securities will be traded in the over-the-counter market. It is anticipated that they will be quoted on the OTC Bulletin Board, an NASD-sponsored and operated inter-dealer automated quotation system for equity securities not included in the Nasdaq Stock Market. Quotation of our securities on the OTC Bulletin Board will limit the liquidity and price of our securities more than if our securities were quoted or listed on The Nasdaq Stock Market or a national exchange.

18




 There is currently no market for our securities and a market for our securities may not develop, which would adversely affect the liquidity and price of our securities.

There is currently no market for our securities. Stockholders therefore have no access to information about prior market history on which to base their investment decision. Following this offering, the price of our securities may vary significantly due to our reports of operating losses, one or more potential business combinations, the filing of periodic reports with the SEC, and general market or economic conditions. Furthermore, an active trading market for our securities may never develop or, if developed, it may not be sustained. You may be unable to sell your securities unless a market can be established or sustained.

If we are deemed to be an investment company, we may be required to institute burdensome compliance requirements and our activities may be restricted, which may make it more difficult for us to complete a business combination.

If we are deemed to be an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, we may be subject to certain restrictions that may make it more difficult for us to complete a business combination, including:

·       restrictions on the nature of our investments; and

·       restrictions on the issuance of securities.

In addition, we may have imposed upon us certain burdensome requirements, including:

·       registration as an investment company;

·       adoption of a specific form of corporate structure; and

·       reporting, record keeping, voting, proxy compliance policies and procedures and disclosure requirements and other rules and regulations.

We do not believe that our anticipated principal activities will subject us to the Investment Company Act of 1940. To this end, the proceeds held in trust may only be invested by the trust agent in “government securities” within the meaning of Section 2(a)(16) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 having a maturity of 180 days or less or in money market funds meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 promulgated under the Investment Company Act of 1940. By restricting the investment of the proceeds to these instruments, we intend to meet the requirements for the exemption provided in Rule 3a-1 promulgated under the Investment Company Act of 1940. If we were deemed to be subject to that act, compliance with these additional regulatory burdens would require additional expense for which we have not budgeted.

Our directors may not be considered “independent” under the policies of the North American Securities Administrators Association, Inc. and may not have the benefit of independent directors examining our financial statements and the priority of expenses incurred on our behalf subject to reimbursement.

All of our officers and directors own shares of our common stock, and no salary or other compensation will be paid to our officers or directors for services rendered by them on our behalf prior to or in connection with a business combination. We do not believe that any of the members of our board of directors are “independent” as that term is commonly used. As a result, under the policies of the North American Securities Administrators Association, Inc., because our directors may receive reimbursement for out-of-pocket expenses incurred by them in connection with activities on our behalf such as identifying potential target businesses and performing due diligence on suitable business combinations, it is likely that state securities administrators would take the position that we do not have the benefit of independent directors examining the propriety of expenses incurred on our behalf and subject to reimbursement. Additionally, there is no limit on the amount of out-of-pocket expenses that could be incurred and there

19




will be no review of the reasonableness of the expenses by anyone other than our board of directors, which would include persons who may seek reimbursement, or a court of competent jurisdiction if such reimbursement is challenged. Although we believe that all actions taken by our directors on our behalf will be in our best interests, whether or not any directors are deemed to be “independent,” we cannot assure you that this will actually be the case. If actions are taken or expenses are incurred that are actually not in our best interests, it could have a material adverse effect on our business and operations and the price of our stock held by the public stockholders.

Because our existing stockholders’ initial equity investment was only $25,000, our offering may be disallowed by state administrators that follow the North American Securities Administrators Association, Inc. Statement of Policy on promotional or development stage companies.

Pursuant to the Statement of Policy Regarding Promoter’s Equity Investment promulgated by the North American Securities Administrators Association, Inc., an international organization devoted to investor protection, any state administrator may disallow an offering of a promotional or development stage company if the initial equity investment by a company’s promoters does not equal a certain percentage of the aggregate public offering price. Our promoters’ initial investment of $25,000 is less than the required $1,610,000 minimum amount pursuant to this policy. Accordingly, a state administrator would have the discretion to disallow our offering. We cannot assure you that our offering would not be disallowed pursuant to this policy. Additionally, if we are unable to complete a business combination, our promoters’ loss will be limited to their initial investment. Conversely, if we are able to complete a business combination, the shares of common stock acquired prior to this offering may be worth more than $25,000.

Since we have not currently selected a prospective target business with which to complete a business combination, investors in this offering are unable to currently ascertain the merits or risks of the target business’s operations.

Since we have not yet identified a prospective target, investors in this offering have no current basis to evaluate the possible merits or risks of the target business’s operations. To the extent we complete a business combination with a financially unstable company, an entity in its development stage and an entity subject to unknown or unmanageable liabilities, we may be affected by numerous risks inherent in the business operations of those entities. Although our management will endeavor to evaluate the risks inherent in a particular target business, we cannot assure you that we will properly ascertain or assess all of the significant risk factors. We also cannot assure you that an investment in our units will not ultimately prove to be less favorable to investors in this offering than a direct investment, if an opportunity were available, in a target business. For a more complete discussion of our selection of a target business, see the section below entitled “Proposed Business—Effecting a Business Combination—We have not Identified a Target Business.”

Acquisitions that we may undertake would involve a number of inherent risks, any of which could cause us not to realize the benefits anticipated to result.

It is possible that, following our initial acquisition, our strategy will include expanding our operations and other capabilities through acquisitions of businesses and assets. Acquisition transactions involve various inherent risks, such as:

·       uncertainties in assessing the value, strengths and potential profitability of, and identifying the extent of all weaknesses, risks, contingent and other liabilities (including environmental liabilities) of, acquisition or other transaction candidates;

·       the potential loss of key customers, management and employees of an acquired business;

·       the ability to achieve identified operating and financial synergies anticipated to result from an acquisition or other transaction;

20




·       problems that could arise from the integration of the acquired business; and

·       unanticipated changes in business, industry or general economic conditions that affect the assumptions underlying the acquisition or other transaction rationale.

Any one or more of these factors could cause us not to realize the benefits anticipated to result from the acquisition of businesses or assets or could result in unexpected liabilities associated with these acquisition candidates.

The determination for the offering price of our units is more arbitrary compared with the pricing of securities for an operating company in a particular industry.

Prior to this offering there has been no public market for any of our securities. The public offering price of the units and the terms of the warrants were negotiated between us and the representative. Factors considered in determining the prices and terms of the units, including the common stock and warrants underlying the units, include:

·       the history and prospects of companies whose principal business is the acquisition of other companies;

·       prior offerings of those companies;

·       our prospects for acquiring an operating business at attractive values;

·       our capital structure;

·       an assessment of our management and their experience in identifying operating companies;

·       general conditions of the securities markets at the time of the offering; and

·       other factors as were deemed relevant.

However, although these factors were considered, the determination of our offering price is more arbitrary than the pricing of securities for an operating company in a particular industry since we have no historical operations or financial results to compare them to.

Risks associated with the media, entertainment and telecommunications industries

The media, entertainment and telecommunications industries are highly cyclical, which may affect our future performance and ability to sell our products and, in turn, hurt our profitability.

Media, entertainment and telecommunications products and services tend to be relatively expensive and buyers tend to defer purchases during periods of economic weakness. Conversely, during periods of economic strength, media, entertainment and telecommunications sales frequently exceed expectations. As a consequence, revenues and earnings for media, entertainment and telecommunications companies may fluctuate more than those of less economically sensitive companies. Due to the cyclical nature of these media, entertainment and telecommunications industries, inventories may not always be properly balanced, resulting in lost sales when there are shortages or write-offs when there are excess inventories. This may adversely affect the business, financial condition, and results of operations of any target businesses that we may acquire.

The speculative nature of the media, entertainment and telecommunications industries may negatively impact our results of operations.

Certain segments of the media, entertainment and telecommunications industries are highly speculative and historically have involved a substantial degree of risk. For example, the success of a particular service or entertainment offering depends upon unpredictable and changing factors, including

21




the success of promotional efforts, the availability of alternative forms of entertainment and leisure time activities, general economic conditions, public acceptance and other tangible and intangible factors, many of which are beyond our control. If we complete a business combination with a target business in such a segment, our operations may be adversely affected.

Changes in technology may reduce the demand for the products or services we may offer following a business combination.

The media, entertainment and telecommunications industries are substantially affected by rapid and significant changes in technology. These changes may reduce the demand for certain existing services and technologies used in these industries or render them obsolete. We cannot assure you that the technologies used by or relied upon or produced by a target business with which we effect a business combination will not be subject to such occurrence. While we may attempt to adapt and apply the services provided by the target business to newer technologies, we cannot assure you that we will have sufficient resources to fund these changes or that these changes will ultimately prove successful.

If, following a business combination, the products or services that we market or sell are not accepted by the public, our results of operations will be adversely affected.

Certain segments of the media, entertainment and telecommunications industries are dependent on developing and marketing new products and services that respond to technological and competitive developments and changing customer needs and tastes. We cannot assure you that the products and services of a target business with which we effect a business combination will gain market acceptance. Any significant delay or failure in developing new or enhanced technology, including new product and service offerings, could result in a loss of actual or potential market share and a decrease in revenues.

The media, entertainment and telecommunications industries are highly competitive and we may not be able to compete effectively which could adversely affect our revenues and profitability upon consummation of a business combination.

The media, entertainment and telecommunications industries are rapidly evolving and intensely competitive. We expect competition to intensify in the future. Many of the competitors we will face upon consummation of a business combination may have significantly greater financial, technical, marketing and other resources than we do. In addition, the management of our competitors may have greater operating resources and experience in their respective industries. Some of these competitors may also offer a wider range of services than we can and have greater name recognition and a larger client base. These competitors may be able to respond more quickly and effectively to new or changing opportunities, technologies and client requirements. They may also be able to undertake more extensive promotional activities, offer more attractive terms to clients, and adopt more aggressive pricing policies. If we are unable to compete effectively following a business combination, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be materially adversely affected.

We may not be able to comply with government regulations that may be adopted with respect to the media, entertainment or telecommunications industries.

Certain segments of the media, entertainment and telecommunications industries, including wireline and wireless telecommunications networks, broadcast networks and radio stations, have historically been subject to substantial government regulation. In the past, the regulatory environment, particularly with respect to the telecommunications industry and the television and radio industry, has been fairly rigid. In addition to regulations we may be subject to following a business combination, we may also be required to seek Federal Communications Commission or other regulatory approvals in order to consummate our initial business combination. Obtaining such approvals may cause delays which may hinder our ability to

22




consummate our initial business combination within the required time frame. We cannot assure you that regulations currently in effect or adopted in the future will not have a material adverse affect on our ability to acquire a particular media, entertainment or telecommunications target or on any target business acquired by us.

We may be unable to protect or enforce the intellectual property rights of any target businesses that we acquire.

After completing a business combination, the procurement and protection of trademarks, copyrights, patents, domain names, trade dress, and trade secrets will be critical to our success. We will likely rely on a combination of copyright, trademark, trade secret laws and contractual restrictions to protect any proprietary technology and rights that we may acquire. Despite our efforts to protect those proprietary technology and rights, we may not be able to prevent misappropriation of those proprietary rights or deter independent development of technologies that compete with the business we acquire. Our competitors may file patent applications or obtain patents and proprietary rights that block or compete with our patents. Litigation may be necessary in the future to enforce our intellectual property rights, to protect our trade secrets, or to determine the validity and scope of the proprietary rights of others. It is also possible that third parties may claim we have infringed their patent, trademark, copyright or other proprietary rights. Claims or litigation, with or without merit, could result in substantial costs and diversions of resources, either of which could have a material adverse effect on our competitive position and business. Depending on the target business or businesses that we acquire, it is likely that we will have to protect copyrights, trademarks, patents, and domain names in an increasing number of jurisdictions, a process that is expensive and may not be successful in every location. With respect to certain proprietary rights, such as trademarks and copyrighted materials, of the target business or businesses that we will acquire, we expect that the target business or businesses will have entered into license agreements in the past and will continue to enter into such agreements in the future. These licensees may take actions that diminish the value of such target business or businesses’ proprietary rights or cause harm to such target business or businesses’ reputation.

If we are alleged to have infringed on the intellectual property or other rights of third parties, it could subject us to significant liability for damages and invalidation of our proprietary rights.

If, following a business combination, third parties allege that we have infringed on their intellectual property rights, privacy rights or publicity rights or have defamed them, we could become a party to litigation. These claims and any resulting lawsuits could subject us to significant liability for damages and invalidation of our proprietary rights and restrict our ability to publish and distribute the infringing or defaming content.

Since we may acquire a target business in the media, entertainment or telecommunications industries that is located outside the United States, we may encounter risks specific to one or more countries in which we ultimately operate.

If we acquire a company that has operations outside the United States, we will be exposed to risks that could negatively impact our future results of operations following a business combination. Additionally, if the acquired company is in a developing country our operations may not develop in the same way or at the same rate as might be expected in the United States. The additional risks we may be exposed to in these cases include but are not limited to:

·       tariffs and trade barriers;

·       regulations related to customs and import/export matters;

·       tax issues, such as tax law changes and variations in tax laws as compared to the United States;

23




·       cultural and language differences;

·       an inadequate banking system;

·       foreign exchange controls;

·       restrictions on the repatriation of profits or payment of dividends;

·       crime, strikes, riots, civil disturbances, terrorist attacks and wars;

·       nationalization or expropriation of property;

·       law enforcement authorities and courts that are inexperienced in commercial matters; and

·       deterioration of political relations with the United States.

Foreign currency fluctuations could adversely affect our business and financial results.

A target business with which we combine may do business and generate sales within other countries. Foreign currency fluctuations may affect the costs that we incur in such international operations. It is also possible that some or all of our operating expenses may be incurred in non-U.S. dollar currencies. The appreciation of non-U.S. dollar currencies in those countries where we have operations against the U.S. dollar would increase our costs and could harm our results of operations and financial condition.

Exchange controls and withholding taxes may restrict our ability to utilize our cash flow.

If we combine with a target business that has operations outside the United States, we may be subject to existing or future rules and regulations on currency conversion or corporate withholding taxes on dividends that may affect our ability to utilize our cash flow effectively, repatriate profits or pay dividends.

24




USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds of this offering will be as set forth in the following table:

 

 

Without Over-
Allotment Option

 

Over-Allotment
Option Exercised

 

Offering gross proceeds

 

 

$

60,000,000

 

 

 

$

69,000,000

 

 

Offering expenses  (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Underwriting discount  (2)

 

 

4,200,000

 

 

 

4,830,000

 

 

Legal fees and expenses (including blue sky services and expenses)

 

 

250,000

 

 

 

250,000

 

 

Miscellaneous expenses

 

 

20,089

 

 

 

20,089

 

 

Printing and engraving expenses

 

 

50,000

 

 

 

50,000

 

 

Accounting fees and expenses

 

 

35,000

 

 

 

35,000

 

 

SEC registration fee

 

 

24,011

 

 

 

24,011

 

 

NASD registration fee

 

 

20,900

 

 

 

20,900

 

 

Total offering expenses

 

 

4,600,000

 

 

 

5,230,000

 

 

Net proceeds

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Held in trust

 

 

54,400,000

 

 

 

62,770,000

 

 

Not held in trust

 

 

1,000,000

 

 

 

1,000,000

 

 

Total net proceeds

 

 

$

55,400,000

 

 

 

$

63,770,000

 

 

Use of net proceeds not held in trust

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Legal, accounting and other expenses attendant to the due diligence investigations, structuring and negotiation of a business
combination

 

 

$

200,000

 

 

 

20.0

%

 

Due diligence of prospective target businesses

 

 

200,000

 

 

 

20.0

%

 

Legal and accounting fees relating to SEC reporting obligations

 

 

40,000

 

 

 

4.0

%

 

Administrative fees relating to office space ($7,500 per month for 24 months)

 

 

180,000

 

 

 

18.0

%

 

Working capital, director and officer liability insurance premiums and reserves (including potential deposits, down payments or funding of a “no-shop” provision in connection with a particular business combination)

 

 

380,000

 

 

 

38.0

%

 

Total  (3)

 

 

$

1,000,000

 

 

 

100.0

%

 


(1)          A portion of the offering expenses, including the SEC registration fee and NASD filing fee and approximately $82,000 of legal and accounting fees, have been paid from the $225,000 loan from our officers and directors, as further described below. These funds will be repaid out of the net proceeds of this offering not being placed in trust upon consummation of this offering.

(2)          Consists of an underwriting discount of 7% of the gross proceeds of this offering (including any units sold to cover over-allotments).

(3)          The amount of proceeds not held in trust will remain constant at $1,000,000 even if the over-allotment is exercised.

$54,400,000, or $62,770,000 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full, of the net proceeds, will be placed in a trust account at JPMorgan Chase NY Bank maintained by American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as trustee. The funds held in trust will be invested only in United States “government securities,” within the meaning of Section 2(a)(16) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, or in money market funds meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 promulgated under the Investment Company Act, having a maturity of one hundred and eighty days or less, so that we are not deemed to be

25




an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940. The proceeds will not be released from the trust account until the earlier of the completion of a business combination or our liquidation, except that to the extent the trust account earns interest or we are deemed to have earned income in connection therewith, we will be permitted to seek disbursements from the trust account to pay any federal, state or local tax obligations related thereto. The proceeds held in the trust account may be used as consideration to pay the sellers of a target business with which we ultimately complete a business combination.

We have agreed to pay Value Investments, LLC, an affiliated third party of which Bruce Lederman, our executive vice president, secretary and director, is the managing member, up to $7,500 per month for office space, utilities, administrative, technology and secretarial services. This arrangement is being agreed to by Value Investments, LLC for our benefit and is not intended to provide Mr. Lederman compensation in lieu of salary. We believe, based on rents and fees for similar services in the Los Angeles area, that the fee charged by Value Investments, LLC is at least as favorable as we could have obtained from an unaffiliated person. This arrangement will terminate upon completion of a business combination or the distribution of the trust account to our public stockholders.

Regardless of whether the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, the net proceeds available to us out of trust for our search for a business combination will be approximately $1,000,000. We intend to use the excess working capital (approximately $380,000) for director and officer liability insurance premiums (approximately $100,000), with the balance of $280,000 being held in reserve in the event due diligence, legal, accounting and other expenses of structuring and negotiating business combinations exceed our estimates, as well as for reimbursement of any out-of-pocket expenses incurred by any of our existing stockholders in connection with activities on our behalf. We believe that the excess working capital will be sufficient to cover the foregoing expenses and reimbursement costs.

We could use a portion of the funds not being placed in trust to engage consultants to assist us with our search for a target business. We could also use a portion of the funds not being placed in trust as a down payment or to fund a “no-shop” provision (a provision in letters of intent designed to keep target businesses from “shopping around” for transactions with other companies on terms more favorable to such target business) with respect to a particular proposed business combination, although we do not have any current intention to do so. If we entered into such a letter of intent where we paid for the right to receive exclusivity from a target business, the amount that would be used as a down payment or to fund a “no-shop” provision would be determined based on the terms of the specific business combination and the amount of our available funds at the time. Our forfeiture of such funds (whether as a result of our breach or otherwise) could result in our not having sufficient funds to continue searching for, or conducting due diligence with respect to, potential target businesses.

To the extent that our capital stock is used in whole or in part as consideration to effect a business combination, the proceeds held in the trust account and other net proceeds not expended will be used to finance the operations of the target business.

As of the date of this prospectus, our officers and directors have loaned us a total of $225,000, which was used to pay a portion of the expenses of this offering, such as transfer agent fees, SEC registration fees, NASD registration fees and legal and accounting fees and expenses. The $225,000 loan from our officers and directors will be payable without interest on the earlier of December 13, 2006 or the consummation of the offering. The loan will be repaid out of the proceeds of this offering not being placed in trust.

The net proceeds of this offering not held in the trust account and not immediately required for the purposes set forth above will be invested only in United States “government securities” or in money market funds meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 promulgated under the Investment Company Act of 1940 so that we are not deemed to be an investment company under the Investment Company Act. The interest income derived from investment of these net proceeds during this period will be used to defray our

26




general and administrative expenses, as well as costs relating to compliance with securities laws and regulations, including associated professional fees, until a business combination is completed. We believe that, upon consummation of this offering, we will have sufficient available funds to operate for at least the next 24 months, assuming that a business combination is not consummated during that time.

Commencing on the effective date of this prospectus through the consummation of the acquisition of the target business, we will pay Value Investments, LLC the $7,500 fee described above. Other than this fee, no compensation of any kind (including finder’s and consulting fees) will be paid to any of our existing stockholders or to any of their officers and directors, or any of their affiliates, for services rendered to us prior to or in connection with the consummation of the business combination. However, our existing stockholders will receive reimbursement for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred by them in connection with activities on our behalf, such as identifying potential target businesses and performing due diligence on suitable business combinations. Since the role of present management after a business combination is uncertain, we have no ability to determine what remuneration, if any, will be paid to those persons after a business combination.

A public stockholder will be entitled to receive funds from the trust account (including interest earned on his, her or its portion of the trust account, net of taxes payable, which taxes, if any, shall be paid from the trust account) only in the event of our liquidation upon our failure to complete a business combination or if that public stockholder were to convert such shares into cash in connection with a business combination which the public stockholder voted against and which we actually consummate. In no other circumstances will a public stockholder have any right or interest of any kind to or in the trust account.

27




DILUTION

The difference between the public offering price per share of common stock, assuming no value is attributed to the warrants included in the units, and the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock after this offering constitutes the dilution to investors in this offering. Net tangible book value per share is determined by dividing our net tangible book value, which is our total tangible assets less total liabilities (including the value of common stock which may be converted into cash if voted against the business combination), by the number of outstanding shares of our common stock.

At December 13, 2005, our net tangible book value was a deficiency of ($16,000), or approximately ($0.01) per share of common stock. After giving effect to the sale of 10,000,000 shares of common stock included in the units, and the deduction of underwriting discounts and estimated expenses of this offering, our pro forma net tangible book value at December 13, 2005 would have been $44,549,440 or $4.24 per share, representing an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $4.25 per share to the existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $1.76 per share or 29.3% to new investors not exercising their conversion rights. For purposes of presentation, our pro forma net tangible book value after this offering is approximately $10,874,560 less than it otherwise would have been because if we effect a business combination, the conversion rights to the public stockholders (but not our existing stockholder, nor any of our officers and directors to the extent that they receive shares upon distribution from our existing stockholder or purchase any shares in this offering or the aftermarket) may result in the conversion into cash of up to approximately 19.99% of the aggregate number of the shares sold in this offering at a per-share conversion price equal to the amount in the trust account as of two business days prior to the consummation of the proposed business combination, inclusive of any interest, divided by the number of shares sold in this offering.

The following table illustrates the dilution to the new investors on a per-share basis, assuming no value is attributed to the warrants included in the units:

Public offering price

 

 

 

$

6.00 

 

Net tangible book value before this offering

 

(0.01

)

 

 

Increase attributable to new investors

 

$

4.25 

 

 

 

Pro forma net tangible book value after this offering

 

 

 

$

4.24 

 

Dilution to new investors

 

 

 

$

1.76 

 

 

 

 

Shares Purchased

 

Total Consideration

 

Average Price

 

 

 

Number

 

Percentage

 

Amount

 

Percentage

 

Per Share

 

Existing stockholders

 

2,500,000

 

 

20.0

%

 

$

25,000 

 

 

0.042

%

 

 

$

0.01 

 

 

New investors(1)

 

10,000,000

 

 

80.0

%

 

$

60,000,000 

 

 

99.958

%

 

 

$

6.00 

 

 

 

 

12,500,000

 

 

100.0

%

 

$

60,025,000 

 

 

100.0

%

 

 

 

 

 


(1)          Assumes the sale of 10,000,000 units in this offering, but not the exercise of 20,000,000 warrants to purchase shares of our common stock sold as part of such units.

28




The pro forma net tangible book value after the offering is calculated as follows:

Numerator:

 

 

 

Net tangible book value before the offering

 

$

(16,000 

)

Net proceeds from this offering

 

55,400,000

 

Offering costs excluded from tangible book value before this offering

 

40,000

 

Less: Proceeds held in trust subject to conversion to cash ($54,400,000 x 19.99%)

 

(10,874,560

)

 

 

$

44,549,440 

 

Denominator:

 

 

 

Shares of common stock outstanding prior to the offering

 

2,500,000

 

Shares of common stock included in the units offered

 

10,000,000

 

Less: Shares subject to conversion (10,000,000 x 19.99%)

 

(1,999,000

)

 

 

10,501,000

 

29




CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our capitalization at December 13, 2005 and as adjusted to give effect to the sale of our units and the application of the estimated net proceeds derived from the sale of our units:

 

 

December 13, 2005

 

 

 

Actual

 

As
Adjusted

 

Notes payable to existing stockholders

 

$

225,000 

 

$

 

 

Total debt

 

$

225,000 

 

$

 

 

Common stock, $.001 par value, -0- and 1,999,000 shares which are subject to possible conversion, shares at conversion value(1)(2)

 

$

 

 

$

10,874,560 

 

Preferred stock, $.001 par value, 1,000,000 shares authorized; none issued or outstanding

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

Common stock, $.001 par value, 100,000,000 shares authorized; 2,500,000 shares issued and outstanding; 10,501,000 shares issued and outstanding (excluding 1,999,000 shares subject to possible conversion), as adjusted

 

2,500

 

10,501

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

22,500

 

44,539,939

 

Deficit accumulated during the development stage

 

(1,000

)

(1,000

)

Total stockholders’ equity

 

$

24,000 

 

$

44,549,440 

 

Total capitalization

 

$

249,000 

 

$

55,424,000 

 


(1)          Notes payable to existing stockholders are payable on the earlier of December 13, 2006 or on the consummation of this offering with respect to the $225,000 loans from our officers and directors.

(2)          If we consummate a business combination, the conversion rights afforded to our public stockholders (but not our existing stockholder, nor any of our officers and directors to the extent that they receive shares upon distribution from our existing stockholder, or purchase any shares in this offering or the aftermarket) may result in the conversion into cash of up to approximately 19.99% of the aggregate number of shares sold in this offering at a per-share conversion price equal to the amount in the trust account, inclusive of any interest thereon, as of two business days prior to the proposed consummation of a business combination divided by the number of shares sold in this offering.

30




MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

We were formed on December 6, 2005 to effect a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition or other similar business combination within one or more operating businesses in the media, entertainment or telecommunications industries. We intend to utilize cash derived from the proceeds of this offering, our capital stock, debt or a combination of cash, capital stock and debt, in effecting a business combination. The issuance of additional shares of our capital stock:

·       may significantly reduce the equity interest of our stockholders;

·       may subordinate the rights of holders of common stock if preferred stock is issued with rights senior to those afforded to our common stock;

·       will likely cause a change in control if a substantial number of our shares of common stock are issued, which may affect, among other things, our ability to use our net operating loss carry forwards, if any, and may also result in the resignation or removal of one or more of our present officers and directors; and

·       may adversely affect prevailing market prices for our common stock.

Similarly, if we issued debt securities, it could result in:

·       default and foreclosure on our assets if our operating revenues after a business combination were insufficient to pay our debt obligations;

·       acceleration of our obligations to repay the indebtedness even if we have made all principal and interest payments when due if the debt security contained covenants that required the maintenance of certain financial ratios or reserves and any such covenant were breached without a waiver or renegotiation of that covenant;

·       our immediate payment of all principal and accrued interest, if any, if the debt security was payable on demand; and

·       our inability to obtain additional financing, if necessary, if the debt security contained covenants restricting our ability to obtain additional financing while such security was outstanding.

We have neither engaged in any operations nor generated any revenues to date. Our entire activity since inception has been to prepare for our proposed fundraising through an offering of our equity securities.

We estimate that the net proceeds from the sale of the units, after deducting offering expenses of approximately $4,600,000 (or $5,230,000 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full), including underwriting discounts of approximately $4,200,000 (or $4,830,000 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full), will be approximately $55,400,000 (or $63,770,000 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full). Of this amount, $54,400,000, or $62,770,000 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full, will be held in trust and the remaining $1,000,000 will not be held in trust. We will use substantially all of the net proceeds of this offering to acquire a target business, including identifying and evaluating prospective acquisition candidates, selecting the target business, and structuring, negotiating and consummating the business combination, as described above. To the extent that our capital stock is used in whole or in part as consideration to effect a business combination, the proceeds held in the trust account as well as any other net proceeds not expended will be used to finance the operations of the target business.

We believe that, upon consummation of this offering, the funds available to us outside of the trust account will be sufficient to allow us to operate for at least the next 24 months, assuming that a business

31




combination is not consummated during that time. Over this time period, we anticipate approximately $200,000 of expenses for legal, accounting and other expenses attendant to the due diligence investigations, structuring and negotiating of a business combination, $180,000 for administrative services and support payable to affiliated third parties (up to $7,500 per month for up to 24 months), $200,000 of expenses for the due diligence and investigation of a target business, $40,000 of expenses in legal and accounting fees relating to our SEC reporting obligations and $380,000 (of which $100,000 will be used to pay premiums relating to directors and officers liability insurance) for general working capital that will be used for miscellaneous expenses and reserves. We do not believe we will need to raise additional funds following this offering in order to meet the expenditures required for operating our business. However, we may need to raise additional funds through a private offering of debt or equity securities if such funds are required to consummate a business combination that is presented to us although we have not entered into any such arrangement and have no current intention of doing so. We would only consummate such a fundraising simultaneously with the consummation of a business combination.

As of the date of this prospectus, our officers and directors have loaned us a total of $225,000, which was used to pay a portion of the expenses of this offering, such as SEC registration fees, NASD registration fees and legal and accounting fees and expenses. The $225,000 loan from our officers and directors will be payable without interest on the earlier of December 13, 2006 or the consummation of the offering. The loan will be repaid out of proceeds of this offering being placed in trust.

We have agreed to sell to Morgan Joseph & Co., for $100, an option to purchase up to a total of 1,000,000 units. The sale of the option will be accounted for as a cost attributable to the proposed offering. Accordingly, there will be no net impact on our financial position or results of operations, except for the recording of the $100 proceeds from the sale. We have estimated, based upon a Black-Scholes model, that the fair value of the option on the date of sale would be approximately $1,030,000, using an expected life of four years, volatility of 24.1%, and a risk-free rate of 4.39%. However, because our units do not have a trading history, the volatility assumption is based on information currently available to management. The volatility estimate is derived using four-year historical stock prices for the 32 companies in the Standard and Poor’s Supercomposite Media Index. We believe the volatility estimate calculated from this index is a reasonable benchmark to use in estimating the expected volatility of our units; however, the use of an index to estimate volatility may not necessarily be representative of the volatility of the underlying securities. Although an expected life of four years was used in the calculation, if we do not consummate a business combination within the prescribed time period and we liquidate, the option will become worthless.

32




PROPOSED BUSINESS

Introduction

We are a blank check company organized under the laws of the state of Delaware on December 6, 2005. We were formed to effect a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition or other similar business combination within one or more operating businesses in the media, entertainment or telecommunications industries. We are not currently considering or contemplating any specific business combination and we have not, nor has anyone on our behalf, contacted any potential target business or had any discussions, formal or otherwise, with respect to any specific merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition or other business combination. None of our officers or directors have had any communications or discussions with potenital contacts or relationships regarding a potenital business combination. To date, our efforts have been limited to organizational activities and actions related to the offering.

Our management team has extensive experience in the media, entertainment and telecommunications industries as senior executives. Eddy Hartenstein, Lawrence Chapman, Steven Cox and Robert Meyers have all held long-term senior executive positions at DIRECTV, Inc. Eddy Hartenstein, our Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, headed DIRECTV from its inception in 1990 until December 2003, during which time he led DIRECTV’s evolution from concept to the nation’s leading provider of digital television, with approximately 12.2 million customers and $7.7 billion in revenue through a combination of organic growth and acquisitions. Lawrence Chapman, our Executive Vice President and Director, held multiple executive leadership positions within DIRECTV from its inception, including oversight of product development, programming, marketing and business affairs. Steven Cox, our Executive Vice President and Director, joined DIRECTV as its first general counsel shortly after commercial launch of service and held multiple executive leadership positions including oversight of strategic partnerships, business development and sales and distribution. Robert Meyers, our Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Director, joined DIRECTV as its Chief Financial Officer and later assumed executive oversight of customer satisfaction, which included the company’s installation and service network, customer service, marketing and customer retention activities. Bruce Lederman, our Executive Vice President, Secretary and Director, was a senior partner at the law firm of Latham & Watkins LLP specializing in telecommunications transactions, and was extensively involved in all major negotiations involving the structuring and launch of the DIRECTV business on behalf of Hughes Aircraft Company (a predecessor to Hughes Electronics Corporation). In the course of their careers, management completed numerous strategic transactions including several acquisitions and developed extensive contacts and relationships in these industries.

The media, entertainment and telecommunications industries include those companies which are involved in or support the creation, management, distribution or presentation of any form of content to individual consumers and businesses. Although we may consider a target business in any segment of the media, entertainment or telecommunications industries, we initially intend to concentrate our search for an acquisition candidate in the following sectors, among others:

·       Content distribution systems, networks and services (satellite, wireless and terrestrial);

·       Media portability products and services;

·       Services related to motion picture exhibition;

·       Live event entertainment and venue management;

·       Interactive television products and services;

·       Customer-premise equipment manufacturers;

·       Advertising products and services;

·       Content production and aggregation services;

33




·       Internet service providers;

·       Broadband network operators;

·       Internet related equipment, software and services;

·       In-home equipment installation and repair services; and

·       Direct marketing and call center services.

We intend to leverage the industry experience of our executive officers and directors by focusing our efforts on identifying a prospective target business in the media, entertainment or telecommunications industries.

Effecting a Business Combination

General

We are not presently engaged in, and we will not engage in, any substantive commercial business for an indefinite period of time following this offering. We intend to utilize cash derived from the proceeds of this offering, our capital stock, debt or a combination of these in effecting a business combination. Although substantially all of the net proceeds of this offering are intended to be generally applied toward effecting a business combination as described in this prospectus, the proceeds are not otherwise being designated for any more specific purposes. Accordingly, prospective investors will invest in us without an opportunity to evaluate the specific merits or risks of any one or more business combinations. A business combination may involve the acquisition of, or merger with, a company that does not need substantial additional capital but desires to establish a public trading market for its shares, while avoiding what it may deem to be adverse consequences of undertaking a public offering itself. These include time delays, significant expense, loss of voting control and compliance with various Federal and state securities laws. In the alternative, we may seek to consummate a business combination with a company that may be financially unstable or in its early stages of development or growth. While we may seek to effect business combinations with more than one target business, we will probably have the ability, as a result of our limited resources, to initially effect only a single business combination.

We Have Not Identified a Target Business

To date, we do not have any specific merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition or other business combination under consideration or contemplation, and we have not, nor has anyone on our behalf, contacted any potential target business or had any discussions, formal or otherwise, with respect to such a transaction. There has been no discussions, diligence, negotiations and other similar activities undertaken, directly or indirectly, by us, our affiliates or representatives, or by any third party, with any potential target business, with respect to a business combination transaction with us. Additionally, we have not engaged or retained any agent or other representative to identify or locate any suitable acquisition candidate. Further, neither we nor any of our agents or affiliates have been approached by any candidates or representatives of any candidates with respect to a possible business combination with our company.

Subject to the limitations that a target business or businesses have a collective fair market value of at least 80% of our net assets at the time of the acquisition, as described below in more detail, we will have virtually unrestricted flexibility in identifying and selecting a prospective business combination candidate. We have not established any other specific attributes or criteria (financial or otherwise) for prospective target businesses. Accordingly, there is no basis for investors in this offering to evaluate the possible merits or risks of the target business with which we may ultimately complete a business combination. To the extent we effect a business combination with a financially unstable company or an entity in its early stage of development or growth, including entities without established records of sales or earnings, we may be

34




affected by numerous risks inherent in the business and operations of financially unstable and early stage or potential emerging growth companies. Although our management will endeavor to evaluate the risks inherent in a particular target business, we cannot assure you that we will properly ascertain or assess all significant risk factors.

Sources of Target Businesses

We anticipate that target business candidates will be brought to our attention from various unaffiliated sources, including investment bankers, attorneys, accountants, venture capital funds, private equity funds, leveraged buyout funds, management buyout funds, brokers and other members of the financial community, who may present solicited or unsolicited proposals. We expect such sources to become aware that we are seeking a business combination candidate by a variety of means, such as publicly available information relating to this offering, public relations and marketing efforts and direct contact by management to be commenced following the completion of this offering. Our existing stockholders, officers and directors as well as their affiliates may also bring to our attention target business candidates. None of our officers, directors or existing stockholders, or any affiliates thereof, have had any contact to date with any unaffiliated sources regarding potential business combination targets and none of our officers, directors or existing stockholders, or any affiliates thereof, have undertaken any affirmative efforts to locate a target business or business combination candidate. While we do not presently anticipate engaging the services of professional firms or other individuals that specialize in business acquisitions on any formal basis, we may engage these firms in the future, in which event we may pay a finder’s fee or other compensation. The terms of any such arrangements will be negotiated with such persons on an arm’s length basis and disclosed to our stockholders in the proxy materials we provide in connection with any proposed business combination. In no event, however, will we pay any of our existing officers, directors or stockholders or any entity with which they are affiliated any finder’s fee or other compensation prior to or in connection with the consummation of a business combination.

Selection of a Target Business and Structuring of a Business Combination

Subject to the requirement that our initial business combination must be with a target business or businesses with a collective fair market value that is at least 80% of our net assets at the time of such transaction, our management will have virtually unrestricted flexibility in identifying and selecting a prospective target business in the media, entertainment or telecommunications industries. We have not established any other specific attributes (financial or otherwise) for prospective target businesses. In evaluating a prospective target business, our management will consider, among other factors, the following:

·       financial condition and results of operation;

·       growth potential;

·       experience and skill of management and availability of additional personnel;

·       capital requirements;

·       competitive position;

·       barriers to entry;

·       stage of development of the products, processes or services;

·       degree of current or potential market acceptance of the products, processes or services;

·       proprietary features and degree of intellectual property or other protection of the products, processes or services;

35




·       regulatory environment;

·       costs associated with effecting the business combination; and

·       relative valuation multiples of similar publicly traded companies.

These criteria are not intended to be exhaustive. Any evaluation relating to the merits of a particular business combination will be based, to the extent relevant, on the above factors as well as other considerations deemed relevant by our management in effecting a business combination consistent with our business objective. In evaluating a prospective target business, we will conduct an extensive due diligence review which will encompass, among other things, meetings with incumbent management and inspection of facilities, as well as review of financial and other information which will be made available to us. We may also engage an independent third party consultant or expert to assist us in the due diligence process although we have not identified or engaged any such consultants or experts as of the date of this prospectus.

The time and costs required to select and evaluate a target business and to structure and complete the business combination cannot presently be ascertained with any degree of certainty. Any costs incurred with respect to the identification and evaluation of a prospective target business with which a business combination is not ultimately completed will result in a loss to us and reduce the amount of capital available to otherwise complete a business combination. While we may pay fees or compensation to third parties for their efforts in introducing us to a potential target business, in no event, however, will we pay any of our existing officers, directors or stockholders or any entity with which they are affiliated any finder’s fee or other compensation for services rendered to us or in connection with the consummation of the initial business combination.

Fair Market Value of Target Business

The initial target business or businesses with which we engage in a business combination must have a collective fair market value equal to at least 80% of our net assets at the time of such acquisition, including any amount held in the trust account subject to the conversion rights described below. There is no limitation on our ability to raise funds privately or through loans that would allow us to acquire a target business or businesses with a fair market value in an amount considerably greater than 80% of our net assets at the time of acquisition. Since we have no specific business combination under consideration, we have not had any discussions, or made any agreements or arrangements, with respect to financing arrangements with any third party and have no intention of doing so. The fair market value of any such business or businesses will be determined by our board of directors based upon standards generally accepted by the financial community, such as actual and potential sales, earnings and cash flow and book value. If our board is not able to independently determine that the target business has a sufficient fair market value, we will obtain an opinion from an unaffiliated independent investment banking firm which is a member of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. with respect to the satisfaction of such criteria. Since any opinion, if obtained, would merely state that fair market value meets the 80% of net assets threshold, it is not anticipated that copies of such opinion would be distributed to our stockholders, although copies will be provided to stockholders who request it. If we do obtain such an opinion, we will provide details with respect to how such opinion may be obtained from us in the Current Report on Form 8-K which we file to disclose our entering into the acquisition agreement. We will not be required to obtain an opinion from an investment banking firm as to the fair market value if our board of directors independently determines that the target business has sufficient fair market value.

Probable Lack of Business Diversification

While we may seek to effect business combinations with more than one target business, our initial business combination must be with one or more target businesses whose fair market value, collectively, is

36




at least equal to 80% of our net assets at the time of such acquisition, as discussed above. Consequently, it is probable that we will have the ability to effect only a single business combination although this may entail the acquisition of several operating businesses. We may not be able to engage in a business combination with more than one target business because of various factors, including possible complex accounting issues, which would include generating pro forma financial statements reflecting the operations of several target businesses as if they had been combined, and numerous logistical issues, which could include attempting to coordinate the timing of negotiations, proxy statement disclosure and other legal issues and closings with multiple target businesses. In addition, we would also be exposed to the risks that conditions to closings with respect to the transaction with one or more of the target businesses would not be satisfied, bringing the fair market value of the initial business combination below the required fair market value of 80% of net assets threshold. Therefore, at least initially, the prospects for our success may be entirely dependent upon the future performance of a single business. Unlike entities that have the resources to complete several business combinations of entities operating in multiple industries or multiple areas of a single industry, it is probable that we will not have the resources to diversify our operations or benefit from the possible spreading of risks or offsetting of losses. By consummating a business combination with only a single entity, our lack of diversification may:

·       subject us to numerous economic, competitive and regulatory developments, any or all of which may have a substantial adverse impact upon the particular industry in which we may operate subsequent to a business combination; and

·       result in our dependency upon the development or market acceptance of a single or limited number of products, processes or services.

Limited Ability to Evaluate the Target Business’s Management

Although we intend to closely scrutinize the management of a prospective target business when evaluating the desirability of effecting a business combination, we cannot assure you that our assessment will prove to be correct. In addition, we cannot assure you that new members that join our management following a business combination will have the necessary skills, qualifications or abilities to manage a public company. Furthermore, the future role of our officers and directors, if any, in the target business following a business combination cannot presently be stated with any certainty. While certain of our current officers and directors may remain associated in senior management or advisory positions with us following a business combination, they may not devote their full time and efforts to our affairs subsequent to a business combination. Moreover, they would only be able to remain with the company after the consummation of a business combination if they are able to negotiate employment or consulting agreements in connection with such business combination. Additionally, we cannot assure you that our officers and directors will have significant experience or knowledge relating to the operations of the particular target business.

Following a business combination, we may seek to recruit additional managers to supplement the incumbent management of the target business. We cannot assure you that we will have the ability to recruit additional managers, or that any such additional managers we do recruit will have the requisite skills, knowledge or experience necessary to enhance the incumbent management.

Opportunity for Stockholder Approval of Business Combination

Prior to the completion of our initial business combination, we will submit the transaction to our stockholders for approval, even if the nature of the business combination is such as would not ordinarily require stockholder approval under applicable state law. In connection with seeking stockholder approval of a business combination, we will furnish our stockholders with proxy solicitation materials prepared in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, which, among other matters, will include a

37




description of the operations of the target business and audited historical financial statements of the business.

In connection with the stockholder vote required to approve any business combination, all of our existing stockholders have agreed to vote the shares of common stock owned by them prior to this offering in the same manner as a majority of the public stockholders who vote at the special or annual meeting called for the purpose of approving a business combination. Our existing stockholders have also agreed that if they acquire shares of common stock in or following this offering, they will vote such acquired shares in favor of a business combination. As a result, any of our existing stockholders that acquire shares during or after this offering may not exercise conversion rights with respect to those shares in the event that the business combination transaction is approved. We will proceed with the business combination only if a majority of the shares of common stock voted by the public stockholders are voted in favor of the business combination and public stockholders owning less than 20% of the shares sold in this offering exercise their conversion rights. We will only structure or consummate a business combination in which all stockholders exercising their conversion rights, up to 19.99%, will be entitled to receive their pro rata portion of the trust account (net of taxes payable). Voting against the business combination alone will not result in conversion of a stockholder’s shares into a pro rata share of the trust account. Such stockholder must have also exercised its conversion rights described below.

Conversion rights

At the time we seek stockholder approval of any business combination, we will offer each public stockholder, other than our existing stockholders, the right to have such stockholder’s shares of common stock converted to cash if the stockholder votes against the business combination and the business combination is approved and completed. The conversion rights do not apply to shares outstanding prior to this offering. The actual per-share conversion price will be equal to the amount in the trust account, inclusive of any interest (net of any taxes due on such interest, which taxes, if any, shall be paid from the trust account, and calculated as of two business days prior to the consummation of the proposed business combination), divided by the number of shares sold in this offering. Without taking into any account interest earned on the trust account or taxes payable on such interest, the initial per-share conversion price would be $5.44 or $0.56 less than the per unit offering price of $6.00. Because the initial per share conversion price is $5.44 per share (plus any interest net of taxes payable), which may be lower then the market price of the common stock on the date of the conversion, there may be a disincentive on the part of public stockholders to exercise their conversion rights.

An eligible stockholder may request conversion at any time after the mailing to our stockholders of the proxy statement and prior to the vote taken with respect to a proposed business combination at a meeting held for that purpose, but the request will not be granted unless the stockholder votes against the business combination and the business combination is approved and completed. Any request for conversion, once made, may be withdrawn at any time up to the date of the meeting. It is anticipated that the funds to be distributed to stockholders entitled to convert their shares who elect conversion will be distributed promptly after completion of a business combination. Public stockholders who convert their stock into their share of the trust account still have the right to exercise the warrants that they received as part of the units. We will not complete any business combination if public stockholders, owning 20% or more of the shares sold in this offering, both exercise their conversion rights and vote against the business combination. We will only structure or consummate a business combination in which all stockholders exercising their conversion rights, up to 19.99%, will be entitled to receive their pro rata portion of the trust account (net of taxes payable).

38




Liquidation if no Business Combination

If we do not complete a business combination within 18 months after the consummation of this offering, or within 24 months if the extension criteria described below have been satisfied, we will be dissolved and will distribute to all of our public stockholders, in proportion to their respective equity interests, an aggregate sum equal to the amount in the trust account, inclusive of any interest (net of taxes payable), plus any remaining net assets. Our existing stockholders have waived their rights to participate in any liquidation distribution with respect to shares of common stock owned by them immediately prior to this offering. There will be no distribution from the trust account with respect to our warrants, which will expire worthless. We will pay the costs of liquidation and dissolution from our remaining assets outside of the trust account.

If we were to expend all of the net proceeds of this offering, other than the proceeds deposited in the trust account, and without taking into account interest, if any, earned on the trust account, the initial per-share liquidation price would be $5.44 or $0.56 less than the per unit offering price of $6.00. The proceeds deposited in the trust account could, however, become subject to the claims of our creditors which could be prior to the claims of our public stockholders. We cannot assure you that the actual per-share liquidation price will not be less than $5.44, plus interest (net of taxes payable, which taxes, if any, shall be paid from the trust account), due to claims of creditors. Although we will seek to have all vendors, prospective target businesses or other entities we engage execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies held in the trust account for the benefit of our public stockholders, there is no guarantee that they will execute such agreements or even if they execute such agreements that they would be prevented from bringing claims against the trust account. If any third party refused to execute an agreement waiving such claims to the monies held in the trust account, we would perform an analysis of the alternatives available to us if we chose not to engage such third party and evaluate if such engagement would be in the best interest of our stockholders if such third party refused to waive such claims. Examples of possible instances where we may engage a third party that refused to execute a waiver include the engagement of a third party consultant whose particular expertise or skills are believed by management to be significantly superior to those of other consultants that would agree to execute a waiver or in cases where management is unable to find a provider of required services willing to provide the waiver. In any event, our management would perform an analysis of the alternatives available to it and would only enter into an agreement with a third party that did not execute a waiver if management believed that such third party’s engagement would be significantly more beneficial to us than any alternative. In addition, there is no guarantee that such entities will agree to waive any claims they may have in the future as a result of, or arising out of, any negotiations, contracts or agreements with us and will not seek recourse against the trust account for any reason. Our Chairman and all of our executive officers have agreed pursuant to agreements with us and Morgan Joseph & Co. that, if we distribute the proceeds held in trust to our public stockholders, they will be personally liable under certain limited circumstances (for example, if a vendor does not waive any rights or claims to the trust account) to pay debts and obligations to vendors or other entities that are owed money by us for services rendered or products sold to us in excess of the net proceeds of this offering not held in the trust account, to the extent necessary to ensure that such claims do not reduce the amount in the trust account. We cannot assure you, however, that they would be able to satisfy those obligations.

If we enter into either a letter of intent, an agreement in principle or a definitive agreement to complete a business combination prior to the expiration of 18 months after the consummation of this offering but are unable to complete the business combination within the 18-month period, then we will have an additional six months in which to complete the business combination contemplated by the letter of intent, agreement in principle or definitive agreement. If we are unable to do so by the expiration of the 24-month period from the consummation of this offering, we will then liquidate the trust account and our company. Pursuant to the terms of the Investment Management Trust Agreement, the trustee of the trust

39




account will commence liquidating the investments constituting the trust account and will turn over the proceeds to our transfer agent for distribution to our public stockholders.

Our public stockholders will be entitled to receive funds from the trust account only in the event of our liquidation or if the stockholders seek to convert their respective shares into cash upon a business combination which the stockholder voted against and which is actually completed by us. In no other circumstances will a stockholder have any right or interest of any kind to or in the trust account. Voting against the business combination alone will not result in conversion of a stockholder’s shares into a pro rata share of the trust account. Such stockholder must have also exercised its conversion rights described above.

Competition for Target Businesses

In identifying, evaluating and selecting a target business, we may encounter intense competition from other entities having a business objective similar to ours. Many of these entities are well established and have extensive experience identifying and effecting business combinations directly or through affiliates. Many of these competitors possess greater technical, human and other resources than we do, and our financial resources will be relatively limited when contrasted with those of many of these competitors. While we believe there are potential target businesses that we could acquire with the net proceeds of this offering, our ability to compete in acquiring certain sizable target businesses will be limited by our available financial resources. This inherent competitive limitation gives others an advantage in pursuing the acquisition of a target business. Further:

·       our obligation to seek stockholder approval of a business combination or obtain the necessary financial information to be included in the proxy statement to be sent to stockholders in connection with such business combination may delay or prevent the completion of a transaction;

·       our obligation to convert into cash shares of common stock held by our public stockholders in certain instances may reduce the resources available to us for a business combination;

·       the requirement to acquire assets or an operating business that has a fair market value equal to at least 80% of our net assets at the time of the acquisition could require us to acquire several assets or closely related operating businesses at the same time, all of which sales would be contingent on the closings of the other sales, which could make it more difficult to consummate the business combination; and

·       our outstanding warrants and unit purchase option, and the potential future dilution they represent, may not be viewed favorably by certain target businesses.

Additionally, we face competition from other blank check companies that have formed recently, a number of which may consummate a business combination in any industry they choose. We may therefore be subject to competition from these companies, which are seeking to consummate a business plan similar to ours and which will, as a result, increase demand for privately-held companies to combine with companies structured similarly to ours. Further, the fact that only two of such companies has completed a business combination and five of such companies have entered into a definitive agreement for a business combination may be an indication that there are only a limited number of attractive target businesses available to such entities or that many privately-held target businesses may not be inclined to enter into business combinations with publicly held blank check companies.

Any of these factors may place us at a competitive disadvantage in negotiating a business combination. Our management believes, however, that our status as a public entity and our potential access to the United States public equity markets may give us a competitive advantage over privately-held entities having a similar business objective to us in acquiring a target business with significant growth potential on favorable terms.

40




If we effect a business combination, there will be, in all likelihood, intense competition from competitors of the target business. We cannot assure you that, subsequent to a business combination, we will have the resources or ability to compete effectively.

Facilities

We maintain our executive offices at 2601 Ocean Park Boulevard, Suite 320, Santa Monica, CA 90405. We have agreed to pay Value Investments, LLC, an affiliated party of which Mr. Lederman is the managing member, up to $7,500 a month for office space at which our executive offices are located, and for utilities, administrative, technology and secretarial services. These offices consist of approximately 1,000 square feet of office space. This arrangement is being agreed to by Value Investments, LLC for our benefit and is not intended to provide Mr. Lederman compensation in lieu of salary. We believe, based on rents and fees for similar services in the Los Angeles area, that the fee charged by Value Investments, LLC is at least as favorable as we could have obtained from an unaffiliated third-party.

We consider our current office space adequate for our current operations. Upon completion of a business consummation or our liquidation, we will no longer be required to pay this monthly fee.

Employees

We have five officers, all of whom are also members of our board of directors. These individuals are not obligated to devote any specific number of hours to our matters and intend to devote only as much time as they deem necessary to our affairs. The amount of time they will devote in any time period will vary based on the availability of suitable target businesses to investigate. We do not intend to have any full time employees prior to the consummation of a business combination.

Periodic Reporting and Audited Financial Statements

We will register our units, common stock and warrants under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and have reporting obligations, including the requirement that we file annual and quarterly reports with the SEC. In accordance with the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, our annual reports will contain financial statements audited by our independent accountants.

We will not acquire an operating business in the media, entertainment or telecommunications industries if audited financial statements based on United States generally accepted accounting principles cannot be obtained for such target business. Additionally, our management will provide stockholders with audited financial statements, prepared in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles, of the prospective target business as part of the proxy solicitation materials sent to stockholders to assist them in assessing each specific target business or assets we seek to acquire. We cannot assure you that any particular target business identified by us as a potential business combination candidate will have financial statements prepared in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles or that the potential target business will be able to prepare its financial statements in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles. The financial statements of a potential target business will be required to be audited in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting standards. To the extent that this requirement cannot be met, we will not be able to effect a business combination with the proposed target business. Our management believes that although the requirement of having available financial information for the target business or assets may limit the pool of potential target businesses or assets available for acquisition, the narrowing of the pool is not expected to be material.

Legal Proceedings

There is no litigation currently pending or, to our knowledge, contemplated against us or any of our officers or directors in their capacity as such.

41




Comparison to Offerings of Blank Check Companies

The following table compares and contrasts the terms of our offering and the terms of an offering of blank check companies under Rule 419 promulgated by the SEC assuming that the gross proceeds, underwriting discounts and underwriting expenses for the Rule 419 offering are the same as this offering and that the underwriters will not exercise their over-allotment option. None of the terms of a Rule 419 offering will apply to this offering.

 

Terms of Our Offering

 

Terms Under a Rule 419 Offering

Escrow of offering proceeds

 


$54,400,000 of the net offering proceeds will be deposited into a trust account at JPMorgan Chase Bank NY maintained by American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, acting as trustee.

 


$50,220,000 of the offering proceeds would be required to be deposited into either an escrow account with an insured depositary institution or in a separate bank account established by a broker-dealer in which the broker-dealer acts as trustee for persons having the beneficial interests in the account.

Investment of net proceeds

 


The $54,400,000 of net offering proceeds held in trust will be invested in only U.S. “government securities,” within the meaning of Section 2(a)(16) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 with a maturity of 180 days or less, or in money market funds meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 promulgated under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

 


Proceeds could be invested only in specified securities such as a money market fund meeting conditions of the Investment Company Act of 1940 or in securities that are direct obligations of, or obligations guaranteed as to principal or interest by, the United States.

Limitation on fair value or net assets of target business

 



The initial target business that we acquire must have a fair market value equal to at least 80% of our net assets at the time of such acquisition.

 



We would be restricted from acquiring a target business unless the fair value of such business or net assets to be acquired represents at least 80% of the maximum offering proceeds.

Trading of securities issued

 


The units will commence trading on or promptly after the date of this prospectus. The common stock and warrants comprising the units may begin to trade separately on the 90th day after the date of this prospectus, unless Morgan Joseph & Co. informs us of its decision to allow earlier separate trading, based on their assessment of the relative strengths of the securities markets and small capitalization companies in general,

 


No trading of the units or the underlying common stock and warrants would be permitted until the completion of a business combination. During this period, the securities would be held in the escrow or trust account.

42




 

 

and the trading pattern of, and demand for, our securities in particular, and provided we have filed with the SEC a Current Report on Form 8-K that includes an audited balance sheet reflecting our receipt of the proceeds of this offering, including any proceeds we receive from the exercise of the over-allotment option, if such option is exercised prior to the filing of the Form 8-K.

 

 

Exercise of the warrants

 


The warrants cannot be exercised until the later of the completion of a business combination or one year from the date of this prospectus and, accordingly, will only be exercised after the trust account has been terminated and distributed.

 


The warrants could be exercised prior to the completion of a business combination, but securities received and cash paid in connection with the exercise would be deposited in the escrow or trust account.

Election to remain an investor

 


We will give our stockholders the opportunity to vote on the business combination. In connection with seeking stockholder approval, we will send each stockholder a proxy statement containing information required by the SEC. A stockholder following the procedures described in this prospectus is given the right to convert his or her shares into his or her pro rata share of the trust account. However, a stockholder who does not follow these procedures or a stockholder who does not take any action would not be entitled to the return of any funds. Although we will not distribute copies of the Current Report on Form 8-K to individual unit holders, the Current Report on Form 8-K will be available on the SEC’s website. See the section appearing elsewhere in the prospectus entitled “Where You Can Find Additional Information.”

 


A prospectus containing information required by the SEC would be sent to each investor. Each investor would be given the opportunity to notify the company, in writing, within a period of no less than 20 business days and no more than 45 business days from the effective date of the post-effective amendment, to decide whether he or she elects to remain a stockholder of the company or require the return of his or her investment. If the company has not received the notification by the end of the 45
th business day, funds and interest or dividends, if any, held in the trust or escrow account would automatically be returned to the stockholder. Unless a sufficient number of investors elect to remain investors, all of the deposited funds in the escrow account must be returned to all investors and none of the securities will be issued.

43




 

Business combination deadline

 


A business combination must occur within 18 months after the consummation of this offering or within 24 months after the consummation of this offering if a letter of intent or definitive agreement relating to a prospective business combination was entered into prior to the end of the 18 month period.

 


If an acquisition has not been consummated within 18 months after the effective date of the initial registration statement, funds held in the trust or escrow account would be returned to investors.

Release of funds

 

The proceeds held in the trust account will not be released until the earlier of the completion of a business combination or our liquidation upon our failure to effect a business combination within the allotted time, except that to the extent the trust account earns interest or we are deemed to have earned income in connection therewith, we will be permitted to seek disbursements from the trust account to pay any federal, state or local tax obligations related thereto.

 

The proceeds held in the escrow account would not be released until the earlier of the completion of a business combination or the failure to effect a business combination within the allotted time.

 

44




MANAGEMENT

Directors and Executive Officers

Our current directors and executive officers are as follows:

Name

 

 

 

Age

 

Position

Eddy W. Hartenstein

 

55

 

Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer

Robert L. Meyers

 

57

 

Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Director

Bruce R. Lederman

 

63

 

Executive Vice President, Secretary and Director

Lawrence Chapman

 

51

 

Executive Vice President and Director

Steven J. Cox

 

44

 

Executive Vice President and Director

 

Eddy W. Hartenstein has been our Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer since December 2005. Mr. Hartenstein retired on December 31, 2004 from his position as Vice Chairman of The DIRECTV Group, Inc. (formerly Hughes Electronics Corporation) and as a member of The DIRECTV Group Board of Directors. Prior thereto, Mr. Hartenstein was Chairman and CEO of DIRECTV, Inc., from 2001 to 2003. Mr. Hartenstein was also President of DIRECTV, Inc. from its inception in 1990 to 2001, where he was responsible for assembling the DIRECTV management team and guiding its strategic efforts to develop the business infrastructure necessary to launch the U.S. direct-to-home entertainment distribution service. From 1987 through 1990, Mr. Hartenstein was Senior Vice President of Hughes Communications, Inc. Between 1984 and 1987, Mr. Hartenstein served as President of Equatorial Communications Services Company, which was subsequently acquired by GTE. Prior to joining Equatorial, Mr. Hartenstein was Vice President of Hughes Communications, from 1981 to 1984. Mr. Hartenstein joined Hughes Aircraft Company in 1972. Before transferring to Hughes Communications in 1981, he held a succession of engineering, operations, and program management positions at Hughes Aircraft Company’s Space and Communications Division and NASA’s Jet Propulsion Laboratory. Mr. Hartenstein received Bachelor’s degrees in Aerospace Engineering and Mathematics from California State Polytechnic University, Pomona in 1972. He received an M.S. degree in Applied Mechanics from Cal Tech in 1974 while a Hughes Aircraft Company Masters Fellow. Mr. Hartenstein currently serves on the Board of Directors of Thomson S.A., SanDisk Corp., XM Satellite Radio Holdings Inc. and the Consumer Electronics Association. Mr. Hartenstein was elected as a member of the National Academy of Engineering in 2001and was inducted into the Broadcasting & Cable Hall of Fame in 2002.

Robert L. Meyers has been our Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and a director since December 2005.  From 2004 until December 2005, Mr. Meyers was retired and managing his personal portfolio. From 2001 to 2004, Mr. Meyers was an Executive Vice President of DIRECTV, Inc., a unit of Hughes Electronics Corporation (which changed its name to The DIRECTV Group in 2004). In this position, Mr. Meyers was responsible for customer satisfaction, which included the installation and service network, customer service, marketing and customer loyalty and retention. Prior to this position, Mr. Meyers was Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of DIRECTV, Inc., from 1996 to 2001, where he was responsible for all internal and external financial affairs for DIRECTV, Inc. Mr. Meyers joined DIRECTV, Inc. in 1996 from the corporate headquarters of Hughes Electronics, where he served a dual role as Director of Investor Relations and Corporate Financial Planning. From 1989 to 1993, Mr. Meyers was Controller of Electro-Optical and Data Systems Group, a unit of Hughes Aircraft Company. With Hughes since 1972, Mr. Meyers held progressively responsible finance positions within the company. Prior to appointments at Space and Communications Group Finance and the Commercial Satellite Systems Division, he participated in the Corporate Business Management Development Rotation program with assignments in Radar Systems Group, Missile Systems Group, Malibu Research Laboratories and Electro-Optical and Data Systems Group. Mr. Meyers earned his Bachelor’s and Master’s degree in Business Administration from the University of Southern California in 1970 and 1972, respectively.

45




Bruce R. Lederman has been our Executive Vice President, Secretary and a director since December 2005. Mr. Lederman is currently a member of Industrial Equity Capital, LLC, a private investment firm, which he joined as a founding member in 2002. From 1999 to 2004, he was Chief Operating Officer, Vice Chairman and Co-founder of AssureSat, Inc., a company formed to design, build and operate geo-synchronous satellites. From 1994 to 2000, Mr. Lederman co-founded and served as Vice Chairman of Unisite, Inc., a company which built and purchased telecommunications towers for the wireless industry. Mr. Lederman retired in 1999 as a senior partner from the law firm of Latham & Watkins, which he joined in 1968. Mr. Lederman obtained his LLB, cum laude, from Harvard Law School in 1967 and received a B.S. in Economics, cum laude, from the Wharton School of Finance & Commerce, University of Pennsylvania in 1964. He attended the London School of Economics at the University of London where he studied Economics from 1962 to 1963.

Lawrence Chapman has been our Executive Vice President and a director since December 2005. Mr. Chapman retired from Hughes Electronics Corporation (which changed its name to The DIRECTV Group in 2004) in August 2004, with his most recent assignment as President and Chief Operating Officer of DIRECTV’s Latin American operation, at the time the region’s largest pay television service with offerings in over 28 countries. Mr. Chapman was appointed as President of DIRECTV Latin America, LLC (a partnership between DIRECTV Latin America Holdings, a subsidiary of Hughes Electronics Corp., Darlene Investments LLC, an affiliate of the Cisneros Group of Companies, and Grupo Clarin), to lead the reorganization of the company under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code. DIRECTV Latin America emerged from Chapter 11 in April 2004. From August 2001 through December 2002, Mr. Chapman was Executive Vice President in charge of DIRECTV’s Product Development, Marketing and Advertising organizations. From March 2000 through August 2001, Mr. Chapman was President of DIRECTV Global Digital Media Inc., a subsidiary of Hughes Electronics Corporation). Between 1990 and 2000, Mr. Chapman served in a number of capacities at DIRECTV including Senior Vice President of Programming, Senior Vice President of Special Markets and Distribution, and Vice President of Business Affairs. Before his assignments with DIRECTV, a business unit of Hughes Electronics Corporation, Mr. Chapman served in various business development roles at Hughes Communications Inc., a satellite services subsidiary of Hughes Electronics Corporation. From 1985 to 1989, Mr. Chapman was Deputy General Manager at JCSat, a Tokyo-based satellite services joint venture between Hughes Communications, Itochu Corporation and Mitsui and Company, Ltd. Mr. Chapman holds MS and BS degrees in Electrical Engineering from the University of Florida. Mr. Chapman served as a member of the Board of Directors of TiVo, Inc. from 1999 to 2003 and as a member of the Board of Directors of PanAmSat Corporation in 2003.

Steven J. Cox has been our Executive Vice President and a director since December 2005. From September 2001 to March 2005, he served as Executive Vice President of DIRECTV, Inc., a business unit of Hughes Electronics Corporation (which changed its name to The DIRECTV Group, Inc. in 2004). In this position, Mr. Cox was responsible for overseeing all aspects of the company’s sales and distribution strategy, including national sales accounts, distributor and buying groups, new sales programs, direct sales, commercial sales and programs for multiple dwelling units, as well as the sales operations function supporting these activities. Prior to overseeing sales and distribution, Mr. Cox served as Executive Vice President of DIRECTV Global Digital Media from April 2000 to September 2001 and as Senior Vice President of New Ventures from March 1997 to April 2000, where he was responsible for structuring and negotiating DIRECTV’s strategic partnerships, acquisitions and investments, as well as developing new business opportunities. As Senior Vice President of New Ventures, Mr. Cox also oversaw DIRECTV’s regulatory and legislative affairs and DIRECTV’s Signal Integrity unit. Mr. Cox joined DIRECTV in 1995 as Vice President, Business Affairs and General Counsel. Prior to his involvement with DIRECTV, he was corporate counsel for Science Applications International Corporation (SAIC) from July 1992 to January 1995. Mr. Cox primary responsibilities at SAIC included acquisitions and divestitures, strategic alliances and joint ventures. Before joining SAIC, Mr. Cox was an associate with the law firm of Gray,

46




Cary, Ames and Frye from 1990 to 1992 and Latham & Watkins LLP from 1988 to 1990. Since July 2005, Mr. Cox has been a director of MDU Communications, Inc. and since November 2005 has been acting as a consultant to MDU Communications, Inc. Mr. Cox received a Bachelor of Science degree in business administration in May 1983 from the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. He also received his J.D. at Stanford Law School in June 1987.

Our board of directors is divided into two classes with only one class of directors being elected in each year and each class serving a two-year term. The term of office of the first class of directors, consisting of Lawrence Chapman and Steve Cox, will expire at our first annual meeting of stockholders. The term of office of the second class of directors, consisting of Eddy Hartenstein, Bruce Lederman and Robert Meyers, will expire at the second annual meeting.

These individuals will play a key role in identifying and evaluating prospective acquisition candidates, selecting the target business, and structuring, negotiating and consummating its acquisition. None of these individuals has been a principal of or affiliated with a public company or blank check company that executed a business plan similar to our business plan and none of these individuals is currently affiliated with such an entity. However, we believe that the skills and expertise of these individuals, their collective access to acquisition opportunities and ideas, their contacts, and their transaction expertise should enable them to identify and effect an acquisition although we cannot assure you that they will, in fact, be able to do so.

Each of Messrs. Hartenstein, Meyers, Chapman and Cox have entered into agreements with their former employer pursuant to which they have agreed to forbear from certain activities, including the disclosure or use of any proprietary information obtained while working for the former employer.  These agreements expire as follows: Eddy Hartenstein-December 31, 2006, Robert Meyers-February 6, 2006, Lawrence Chapman-August 31, 2006 and Steven Cox-March 30, 2007.  Separately, the agreements also restrict these officers and directors from any activity which is competitive with their former employer where it is reasonably likely that any of these individuals would disclose or utilize any such confidential or proprietary information in the conduct of such activities. None of the officers and directors subject to these agreements intends to disclose or use any such confidential or proprietary information in connection with our business. We do not believe that any of these restrictions will prevent us from identifying an acquisition candidate or completing a business combination.

Executive Compensation

No executive officer has received any cash compensation for services rendered. Commencing on the effective date of this prospectus through the acquisition of a target business, we have agreed to pay Value Investments, LLC up to $7,500 per month for use of office space, utilities, administrative, technology and secretarial services. Mr. Lederman, our Executive Vice President, Secretary and a director, is the managing member of Value Investments, LLC. This arrangement is being agreed to by Value Investments, LLC for our benefit and is not intended to provide Mr. Lederman compensation in lieu of salary. We believe, based on rents and fees for similar services in the Los Angeles area, that the fee charged by Value Investments, LLC is at least as favorable as we could have obtained from an unaffiliated third party. Other than this $7,500 per month fee, no compensation of any kind, including finder’s and consulting fees, will be paid to any of our existing stockholders, including our officers and directors, or any of their respective affiliates, for services rendered prior to or in connection with a business combination. However, these individuals will be reimbursed for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with activities on our behalf such as identifying potential target businesses and performing due diligence on suitable business combinations. After a business combination, such individuals may be paid consulting, management or other fees from target businesses, with any and all amounts being fully disclosed to stockholders, to the extent known, in the proxy solicitation materials furnished to the stockholders. There is no limit on the amount of these out-of-pocket expenses, and there will be no review of the reasonableness of the expenses by anyone other than

47




our board of directors, which includes persons who may seek reimbursement, or a court of competent jurisdiction if such reimbursement is challenged. If none of our directors are deemed “independent,” we will not have the benefit of independent directors examining the propriety of expenses incurred on our behalf and subject to reimbursement.

Conflicts of Interest

Potential investors should be aware of the following potential conflicts of interest:

·       None of our officers or directors are required to commit their full time to our affairs and, accordingly, they may have conflicts of interest in allocating management time among various business activities.

·       In the course of their other business activities, our officers and directors may become aware of investment and business opportunities that may be appropriate for presentation to us as well as the other entities with which they are affiliated. They may have conflicting fiduciary duties in determining to which entity a particular business opportunity should be presented. For a complete description of our management’s other affiliations, see the previous section entitled “Directors and Executive Officers.”

·       Our officers and directors may in the future become affiliated with entities, including other blank check companies, engaged in business activities similar to those intended to be conducted by us.

·       Since our officers and directors own shares of our common stock that will be released from escrow only if a business combination is completed and may own warrants that will expire worthless if a business combination is not consummated, these persons may have a conflict of interest in determining whether a particular target business is appropriate to effect a business combination. The personal and financial interests of our directors and officers may influence their motivation in identifying and selecting a target business and timely completing a business combination and securing release of their stock.

·       If we were to make a deposit, down payment or fund a “no shop” provision in connection with a potential business combination, we may have insufficient funds available outside of the trust to pay for due diligence, legal, accounting and other expenses attendant to completing a business combination. In such event, our existing stockholders may have to incur such expenses in order to proceed with the proposed business combination. As part of any such combination, such existing stockholders may negotiate the repayment of some or all of any such expenses, without interest or other compensation, which if not agreed to by the target business’s management, could cause our management to view such potential business combination unfavorably, thereby resulting in a conflict of interest.

·       If our management negotiates to be retained post business combination as a condition to any potential business combination, such negotiations may result in a conflict of interest.

With respect to potential conflicts relating to potential business combinations, in general, prior to availing themselves personally of a business opportunity, officers and directors of a corporation incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware are required to present business opportunities to the subject corporation if:

·       the corporation could financially undertake the opportunity;

·       the opportunity is within the corporation’s line of business; and

·       it would not be fair to the corporation and its stockholders for the opportunity not to be brought to the attention of the corporation.

48




In addition, conflicts of interest may arise when our board evaluates a particular business opportunity with respect to the above-listed criteria. While a director with such a conflict may decide to recuse himself, we cannot assure you that any of the above mentioned conflicts will be resolved in our favor.

Each of our directors has, or may come to have, conflicting fiduciary obligations relating to presenting business opportunities meeting the above-listed criteria to multiple entities. Our officers and directors have fiduciary obligations to those companies on whose board of directors they sit. To the extent that they identify business opportunities that may be suitable for the entities or other companies on whose board of directors they may sit, our officers and directors will honor those fiduciary obligations. Accordingly, they may not present opportunities to us that come to their attention in the performance of their duties as directors of such other entities unless any other entity to which they owe such a fiduciary obligation and any successors to such entities have declined to accept such opportunities. Additionally, certain of our directors and officers are directors of companies, both public and private, that may perform business activities in the media, entertainment and telecommunications industries similar to those that we may perform after consummating a business combination.

In connection with the stockholder vote required to approve any business combination, all of our existing stockholders have agreed to vote the shares of common stock owned by them prior to this offering in the same manner as a majority of the public stockholders who vote at the special or annual meeting called for the purpose of approving a business combination. Our existing stockholders have also agreed that if they acquire shares of common stock in or following this offering, they will vote such acquired shares in favor of a business combination. Accordingly, any shares of common stock acquired by existing stockholders in the open market will not have the same right to vote with respect to a potential business combination. Additionally, our existing stockholders will not have conversion rights with respect to shares acquired during or subsequent to this offering, except upon our liquidation. In addition, they have agreed to waive their respective rights to participate in any liquidation distribution occurring upon our failure to consummate a business combination but only with respect to those shares of common stock acquired by them prior to this offering and not with respect to any shares acquired in the open market.

To further minimize potential conflicts of interest, we have agreed not to consummate a business combination with an entity that is affiliated with any of our existing stockholders unless we obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm that the business combination is fair to our stockholders from a financial point of view. Such opinion will be included in our proxy solicitation materials, furnished to stockholders in connection with their vote on such a business combination and we expect that such independent banking firm will be a consenting expert.

49




PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of the date of this prospectus, and as adjusted to reflect the sale of our common stock included in the units offered by this prospectus (assuming none of the individuals listed purchase units in this offering) by:

·       each person known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our outstanding shares of common stock;

·       each of our officers and directors; and

·       all our officers and directors as a group.

Unless otherwise indicated, we believe that all persons named in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of common stock beneficially owned by them.

 

 

 

 

Approximate Percentage
of Outstanding Common Stock

 

Name and Address of Beneficial Owner(1)

 

 

 

Amount and Nature
of Beneficial Ownership

 

Before
the Offering

 

After
the Offering(2)

 

Eddy W. Hartenstein

 

 

500,000

 

 

 

20.0

%

 

 

4.0

%

 

Robert L. Meyers(3)

 

 

500,000

 

 

 

20.0

%

 

 

4.0

%

 

Bruce R. Lederman(4)

 

 

500,000

 

 

 

20.0

%

 

 

4.0

%

 

Lawrence N. Chapman(5)

 

 

500,000

 

 

 

20.0

%

 

 

4.0

%

 

Steven J. Cox(6)

 

 

500,000

 

 

 

20.0

%

 

 

4.0

%

 

All directors and executive officers as a group (five individuals)

 

 

2,500,000

 

 

 

100.0

%

 

 

20.0

%

 


(1)          The business address of each of the individuals is 2601 Ocean Park Boulevard, Suite 320, Santa Monica, CA 90405.

(2)          Assumes only the sale of 10,000,000 units in this offering, but not the exercise of the 20,000,000 warrants to purchase our common stock included in such units.

(3)          Mr. Meyers is the chief financial officer, treasurer and a director of our company. Includes 500,000 shares of common stock owned by the Robert Lewis Meyers and Karen L. Meyers Family Trust dated December 11, 1996. Mr. Meyers and his spouse serve as the trustees of the trust. The beneficiary of the trust is Mr. and Mrs. Meyers’ son.

(4)          Mr. Lederman is an executive vice president, the secretary and a director of our company. Includes 500,000 shares of common stock owned by the Lederman Family Trust dated January 17, 2000. Mr. Lederman and his spouse serve as trustees of the trust. The Lederman Family Trust dated January 17, 2000 has been established for the benefit of Mr. Lederman and his spouse.

(5)          Mr. Chapman is an executive vice president and a director of our company. Includes 500,000 shares of common stock owned by the Chapman Revocable Family Trust Dated February 27, 2001. Mr. Chapman and his spouse are the trustees of the trust. The Chapman Revocable Family Trust Dated February 27, 2001 has been established for the benefit of Mr. and Mrs. Chapman’s children.

(6)          Mr. Cox is an executive vice president and a director of our company. Includes 500,000 shares of common stock owned by the Cox-King Family Living Trust, established for the benefit of Mr. Cox and his spouse. Mr. Cox and his spouse serve as trustees of the trust.

Pursuant to the terms of a warrant purchase agreement with Morgan Joseph & Co., our officers and directors, or their designees, have agreed to purchase in the open market an aggregate of up to $1,200,000 of our warrants at a price per warrant not to exceed $0.70. These purchases will occur during the first 60 trading day period beginning the later of the date separate trading of the common stock and the

50




warrants begins or 60 days after the end of the “restricted period” under Regulation M promulgated by the SEC. Our officers and directors and their designees cannot sell these warrants until the consummation of a business combination.

These purchases have been irrevocably ordered by our current stockholders and will be made by Morgan Joseph & Co., or such other broker-dealer as Morgan Joseph & Co. may designate, in such amounts and at such times as it may determine, in its sole discretion, during the 60-day period. The warrants may trade separately on the 90th day after the date of this prospectus unless the representative of the underwriters determines that an earlier date is acceptable, based upon its assessment of the relative strengths of the securities markets and small capitalization companies in general, and the trading pattern of and demand for our securities in particular. The representative will not allow separate trading of the common stock and warrants until we file a Current Report on Form 8-K which includes an audited balance sheet reflecting our receipt of the proceeds of this offering including any proceeds we receive from the exercise of the over-allotment option if such option is exercised prior to our filing of the Form 8-K. We believe that the purchases of warrants by these individuals demonstrate confidence in our ultimate ability to effect a business combination because the warrants will expire worthless if we are unable to consummate a business combination.

The “restricted period” as defined in Regulation M will end upon the closing of this offering and, therefore, the warrant purchases described above may begin on the later of (i) the day on which the warrants begin separate trading and (ii) the 60th day after the closing of this offering. Under Regulation M, the restricted period could end at a later date if the underwriter were to exercise the over-allotment. In such event, the restricted period would not end until the underwriter distributed such securities or placed them in its investment account. However, the underwriters have agreed that they may only exercise the over-allotment option to cover the net syndicate short position, if any, resulting from the initial distribution and therefore the restricted period will end upon the closing of this offering.

Immediately after this offering, our existing stockholders, which include all of our officers and directors, collectively, will beneficially own 20% of the then issued and outstanding shares of our common stock. Because of this ownership block, these stockholders may be able to effectively influence the outcome of all matters requiring approval by our stockholders, including the election of directors and approval of significant corporate transactions other than approval of a business combination.

All of the shares of our common stock outstanding prior to the date of this prospectus will be placed in escrow with American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as escrow agent, until the earliest of:

·       three years following the date of this prospectus;

·       our liquidation; and

·       the consummation of a liquidation, merger, stock exchange or other similar transaction that results in all of our stockholders having the right to exchange their shares of common stock for cash, securities or other property subsequent to our consummating a business combination with a target business.

During the escrow period, the holders of these shares will not be able to sell or transfer their securities, except to their spouses and children or trusts established for their benefit, but will retain all other rights as our stockholders, including, without limitation, the right to vote their shares of common stock and the right to receive cash dividends, if declared. If dividends are declared and payable in shares of common stock, such dividends will also be placed in escrow. If we are unable to effect a business combination and thus we liquidate, none of our existing stockholders will receive any portion of the liquidation proceeds with respect to common stock owned by them prior to the date of this prospectus.

Each of Messrs. Chapman, Cox, Hartenstein, Lederman and Meyers is deemed to be our “parent” and “promoter,” as these terms are defined under the Federal securities laws.

51




CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

In December 2005, we issued 2,500,000 shares of our common stock to the individuals set forth below for an aggregate amount of $25,000 in cash, at an average purchase price of approximately $0.01 per share, as follows:

Name

 

 

 

Number
of Shares

 

Relationship to Us

 

Eddy W. Hartenstein

 

500,000

 

Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer

 

Robert L. Meyers(1)

 

500,000

 

Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Director

 

Bruce R. Lederman(2)

 

500,000

 

Executive Vice President, Secretary and Director

 

Lawrence N. Chapman(3)

 

500,000

 

Executive Vice President and Director

 

Steven J. Cox(4)

 

500,000

 

Executive Vice President and Director

 


(1)          Includes 500,000 shares of common stock owned by the Robert Lewis Meyers and Karen L. Meyers Family Trust dated December 11, 1996. Mr. Meyers and his spouse serve as the trustees of the trust. The beneficiary of the trust is Mr. and Mrs. Meyers’ son.

(2)          Includes 500,000 shares of common stock owned by the Lederman Family Trust dated January 17, 2000. Mr. Lederman and his spouse serve as trustees of the trust. The Lederman Family Trust dated January 17, 2000 has been established for the benefit of Mr. Lederman and his spouse.

(3)          Includes 500,000 shares of common stock owned by the Chapman Revocable Family Trust Dated February 27, 2001. Mr. Chapman and his spouse are the trustees of the trust. The Chapman Revocable Family Trust Dated February 27, 2001 has been established for the benefit of Mr. and Mrs. Chapman’s children.

(4)          Includes 500,000 shares of common stock owned by the Cox-King Family Living Trust, established for the benefit of Mr. Cox and his spouse. Mr. Cox and his spouse serve as trustees of the trust.

The holders of the majority of these shares will be entitled to require us, on up to two occasions, to register these shares pursuant to an agreement to be signed prior to or on the date of this prospectus. The holders of the majority of these shares may elect to exercise these registration rights at any time after the date on which these shares of common stock are released from escrow, which, except in limited circumstances, is not before three years from the date of this prospectus. In addition, these stockholders have certain “piggy-back” registration rights on registration statements filed subsequent to the date on which these shares of common stock are released from escrow. We will bear the expenses incurred in connection with the filing of any such registration statements.

As of the date of this prospectus, the officers and directors have loaned us a total of $225,000, which was used to pay a portion of the expenses of this offering, such as SEC registration fees, NASD registration fees and legal and accounting fees and expenses. The $225,000 loan from our officers and directors will be payable without interest on the earlier of December 13, 2006 or the consummation of the offering. We intend to repay this loan from the proceeds of this offering not held in trust.

Each of Messrs. Chapman, Cox, Hartenstein, Lederman and Meyers, or their designees, has agreed to purchase in the open market up to an aggregate of $1,200,000 of our warrants at a price per warrant not to exceed $0.70. These purchases will occur during the first 60 trading day period beginning the later of the date separate trading of the common stock and the warrants begins or 60 days after the end of the “restricted period” under Regulation M promulgated by the SEC. Each of Messrs. Chapman, Cox, Hartenstein, Lederman and Meyers and their designees cannot sell these warrants until the consummation of a business combination. These warrants will be non-callable as long as they are held by Messrs. Chapman, Cox, Hartenstein, Lederman and Meyers or their designees.

52




Commencing on the effective date of this prospectus through the acquisition of the target business, we have agreed to pay Value Investments, LLC up to $7,500 per month for use of office space, utilities, administrative, technology and secretarial services. Bruce Lederman, our Executive Vice President, Secretary and a Director, is the managing member of Value Investments, LLC.

Each of Messrs. Chapman, Cox, Hartenstein, Lederman and Meyers is deemed to be our “parent” and “promoter,” as these terms are defined under the Federal securities laws.

We will reimburse our officers and directors for any reasonable out-of-pocket business expenses incurred by them in connection with certain activities on our behalf such as identifying and investigating possible target businesses and business combinations. There is no limit on the amount of accountable out-of-pocket expenses reimbursable by us, which will be reviewed only by our board or a court of competent jurisdiction if such reimbursement is challenged. Accountable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by our officers and directors will not be repaid out of proceeds held in trust until these proceeds are released to us upon the completion of a business combination, provided there are sufficient funds available for reimbursement after such consummation.

Other than the reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses payable to our officers and directors, no compensation or fees of any kind, including finders and consulting fees, will be paid to any of our existing stockholders, officers or directors who owned our common stock prior to this offering, or to any of their respective affiliates for services rendered to us prior to or with respect to the business combination.

Our existing stockholders will not receive reimbursement for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred by them to the extent that such expenses exceed the amount held outside of the trust account unless the business combination is consummated and there are sufficient funds available for reimbursement after such consummation. The financial interest of such persons could influence their motivation in selecting a target business and thus, there may be a conflict of interest when determining whether a particular business combination is in the stockholders’ best interest.

After the consummation of a business combination, if any, to the extent our management remains as officers of the resulting business, some of our officers and directors may enter into employment agreements, the terms of which shall be negotiated and which we expect to be comparable to employment agreements with other similarly-situated companies in the media, entertainment and telecommunications industries. Further, after the consummation of a business combination, if any, to the extent our directors remain as directors of the resulting business, we anticipate that they will receive compensation comparable to directors at other similarly-situated companies in the media, entertainment and telecommunications industries.

All ongoing and future transactions between us and any of our officers and directors or their respective affiliates, including the provision of the loans by our officers and directors, will be on terms believed by us at that time, based upon other similar arrangements know to us, to be no less favorable than are available from unaffiliated third parties and any transactions or loans, including any forgiveness of loans, will require prior approval in each instance by a majority of our uninterested “independent” directors (to the extent we have any) or the members of our board who do not have an interest in the transaction, in either case who had access, at our expense, to our attorneys or independent legal counsel. We will not enter into any such transaction unless our disinterested “independent” directors (or, if there are no “independent” directors, our disinterested directors) determine that the terms of such transaction are no less favorable to us than those that would be available to us with respect to such a transaction from unaffiliated third parties.

53




DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES

General

We are authorized to issue 100,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $.001, and 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $.001. As of the date of this prospectus, 2,500,000 shares of common stock are outstanding, held by five record holders. No shares of preferred stock are currently outstanding.

Units

Each unit consists of one share of common stock and two warrants. Each warrant entitles the holder to purchase one share of common stock. The common stock and warrants will begin to trade separately on the 90th trading day after the date of this prospectus unless Morgan Joseph & Co. informs us of its decision to allow earlier separate trading (based on their assessment of the relative strengths of the securities markets and small capitalization companies in general, and the trading pattern of, and demand for, our securities in particular), provided that in no event may the common stock and warrants be traded separately until we have filed with the SEC a Current Report on Form 8-K that includes an audited balance sheet reflecting our receipt of the gross proceeds of this offering. We will file a Current Report on Form 8-K that includes this audited balance sheet upon the consummation of this offering. The audited balance sheet will reflect proceeds we receive from the exercise of the over-allotment option, if the over-allotment option is exercised prior to the filing of the Form 8-K. If the over-allotment option is exercised after our initial filing of a Form 8-K, we will file an amendment to the Form 8-K to provide updated financial information to reflect the exercise of the over-allotment option. We will also include in this Form 8-K, or amendment thereto, or in a subsequent Form 8-K information indicating if the representative has allowed separate trading of the common stock and warrants prior to the 90th day after the date of this prospectus. Although we will not distribute copies of the Form 8-K to individual unit holders, the Form 8-K will be available on the SEC’s website after filing. See the section appearing elsewhere in this prospectus entitled “Where You Can Find Additional Information.”

Common Stock

Common stockholders of record are entitled to one vote for each share held on all matters to be voted on by stockholders. In connection with the stockholder vote required to approve any business combination, all of our existing stockholders have agreed to vote the shares of common stock owned by them prior to this offering in the same manner as a majority of the public stockholders who vote at the special or annual meeting called for the purpose of approving a business combination. Our existing stockholders have also agreed that if they acquire shares of common stock in or following this offering, they will vote such acquired shares in favor of a business combination.

We will proceed with the business combination only if a majority of the shares of common stock voted by the public stockholders are voted in favor of the business combination and public stockholders owning less than 20% of the shares sold in this offering exercise their conversion rights discussed below. Voting against the business combination alone will not result in conversion of a stockholder’s shares into a pro rata share of the trust account. Such stockholder must have also exercised its conversion rights described below.

Our board of directors is divided into two classes, each of which will generally serve for a term of two years with only one class of directors being elected in each year. There is no cumulative voting with respect to the election of directors, with the result that the holders of more than 50% of the shares voted for the election of directors can elect all of the directors.

If we are forced to liquidate prior to a business combination, our public stockholders are entitled to share ratably in the trust account, inclusive of any interest (net of taxes payable, which taxes, if any, shall be

54




paid from the trust account), and any net assets remaining available for distribution to them after payment of liabilities. Our existing stockholders have agreed to waive their respective rights to participate in any liquidation distribution occurring upon our failure to consummate a business combination, but only with respect to those shares of common stock acquired by them prior to this offering.

Our stockholders are entitled to receive ratable dividends when, as and if declared by the board of directors out of funds legally available therefor. In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the company after a business combination, our stockholders are entitled, subject to the rights of holders of preferred stock, if any, to share ratably in all assets remaining available for distribution to them after payment of liabilities and after provision is made for each class of stock, if any, having preference over the common stock. Our stockholders have no conversion, preemptive or other subscription rights. There are no sinking fund or redemption provisions applicable to the common stock, except that public stockholders (but not our existing stockholders, nor any of our officers and directors to the extent that they purchase any shares in this offering or the aftermarket) have the right to convert their shares of common stock to cash equal to their pro rata share of the trust account if they vote against the business combination and the business combination is approved and completed. Public stockholders who convert their stock into their share of the trust account still have the right to exercise the warrants that they received as part of the units.

Preferred Stock

Our certificate of incorporation authorizes the issuance of 1,000,000 shares of blank check preferred stock with such designation, rights and preferences as may be determined from time to time by our board of directors. No shares of preferred stock are being issued or registered in this offering. Accordingly, our board of directors is empowered, without stockholder approval, to issue preferred stock with dividend, liquidation, conversion, voting or other rights, which could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of the holders of common stock, although the underwriting agreement prohibits us, prior to a business combination, from issuing preferred stock that participates in any manner in the proceeds of the trust account, or that votes as a class with the common stock on a business combination. We may issue some or all of the preferred stock to effect a business combination. In addition, the preferred stock could be utilized as a method of discouraging, delaying or preventing a change in control of us. Although we do not currently intend to issue any shares of preferred stock, we cannot assure you that we will not do so in the future.

Warrants

No warrants are currently outstanding. Each warrant included in the units entitles the registered holder to purchase one share of our common stock at a price of $5.00 per share, subject to adjustment as discussed below, at any time commencing on the later of:

·       the completion of a business combination; and

·       one year from the date of this prospectus.

The warrants will expire four years from the date of this prospectus at 5:00 p.m., New York City time.

The warrants may trade separately on the 90th day after the date of this prospectus unless Morgan Joseph & Co. determines that an earlier date is acceptable, based upon its assessment of the relative strengths of the securities markets and small capitalization companies in general, and the trading pattern of, and demand for, our securities in particular. In no event will Morgan Joseph & Co. allow separate trading of the common stock and warrants until the underwriters’ over-allotment option has either expired or been exercised and we file a Current Report on Form 8-K which includes an audited balance sheet reflecting our receipt of the proceeds of this offering, including any proceeds we receive from the exercise of the over-allotment option if such option is exercised prior to our filing of the Form 8-K.

55




We may call the warrants for redemption (including any warrants issued upon exercise of the unit purchase option) at any time after the warrants become exercisable:

·       in whole and not in part;

·       at a price of $.01 per warrant;

·       upon not less than 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption to each warrant holder; and

·       if, and only if, the last sale price of the common stock equals or exceeds $8.50 per share, for any 20 trading days within a 30 trading day period ending on the third business day prior to the notice of redemption to warrant holders.

We have established these criteria to provide warrant holders with a reasonable premium to the initial warrant exercise price as well as a degree of liquidity to cushion against a negative market reaction, if any, to our redemption call. If the foregoing conditions are satisfied and we call the warrants for redemption, each warrant holder will then be entitled to exercise his or her warrant prior to the date scheduled for redemption, however, there can be no assurance that the price of the common stock will exceed the call trigger price or the warrant exercise price after the redemption call is made.

The warrants will be issued in registered form under a warrant agreement between American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as warrant agent, and us. You should review a copy of the warrant agreement, which has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, for a complete description of the terms and conditions applicable to the warrants.

The exercise price and number of shares of common stock issuable on exercise of the warrants may be adjusted in certain circumstances, including in the event of a stock dividend or our recapitalization, reorganization, merger or consolidation. However, the warrants will not be adjusted for issuances of common stock at a price below their respective exercise prices.

The warrants may be exercised upon surrender of the warrant certificate on or prior to the expiration date at the offices of the warrant agent, with the exercise form on the reverse side of the warrant certificate completed and executed as indicated, accompanied by full payment of the exercise price, by certified or official bank check payable to us, for the number of warrants being exercised. The warrant holders do not have the rights or privileges of holders of common stock and any voting rights until they exercise their warrants and receive shares of common stock. After the issuance of shares of common stock upon exercise of the warrants, each holder will be entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters to be voted on by stockholders.

No warrants will be exercisable unless at the time of exercise a prospectus relating to common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants is current and the common stock has been registered or qualified or deemed to be exempt under the securities laws of the state of residence of the holder of the warrants. Under the terms of the warrant agreement, we have agreed to use our best efforts to maintain a current prospectus relating to common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants until the expiration of the warrants. However, we cannot assure you that we will be able to do so. The warrants may be deprived of any value and the market for the warrants may be limited if the prospectus relating to the common stock issuable upon the exercise of the warrants is not current or if the common stock is not qualified or exempt from qualification in the jurisdictions in which the holders of the warrants reside.

No fractional shares will be issued upon exercise of the warrants. If, upon exercise of the warrants, a holder would be entitled to receive a fractional interest in a share, we will, upon exercise, round up to the nearest whole number the number of shares of common stock to be issued to the warrant holder.

Our officers and directors, or their designees, have agreed to purchase in the open market up to $1,200,000 of our warrants, at a price per warrant not to exceed $0.70. These purchases will occur during

56




the first 60 trading day period beginning the later of the date separate trading of the common stock and the warrants begins or 60 days after the end of the “restricted period” under Regulation M promulgated by the SEC. These warrants will be non-callable as long as they are held by our officers and directors or their designees or such officers and directors.

Purchase Option

We have agreed to sell to Morgan Joseph & Co., the representative of the underwriters, for $100, an option to purchase up to a total of 1,000,000 units at $7.50 per unit. The units issuable upon exercise of this option are identical to those offered by this prospectus except that the warrants included in the option have an exercise price of $6.25 (125% of the exercise price of the warrants included in the units sold in this offering). For a more complete description of the purchase option, including the registration rights afforded to the holders of such option, see the section appearing elsewhere in this prospectus entitled “Underwriting—Purchase Option.”

Dividends

We have not paid any cash dividends on our common stock to date and do not intend to pay dividends prior to the completion of a business combination. The payment of cash dividends in the future will be dependent upon our revenues and earnings, if any, capital requirements and general financial condition subsequent to completion of a business combination. The payment of any dividends subsequent to a business combination will be within the discretion of our then board of directors. It is the present intention of our board of directors to retain all earnings, if any, for use in our business operations and, accordingly, our board does not anticipate declaring any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. In addition, our board is not currently contemplating and does not anticipate declaring any stock dividends in the foreseeable future. Further our ability to declare dividends may be limited to restrictive covenants if we incur any indebtedness.

Our Transfer Agent and Warrant Agent

The transfer agent for our securities and warrant agent for our warrants is American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, 59 Maiden Lane, Plaza Level, New York, New York 10038.

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

Immediately after this offering, we will have 12,500,000 shares of common stock outstanding, or 14,000,000 shares if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full. Of these shares, the 10,000,000 shares sold in this offering, or 11,500,000 shares if the over-allotment option is exercised in full, will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, except for any shares purchased by one of our affiliates within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act. All of the remaining 2,500,000 shares are restricted securities under Rule 144, in that they were issued in private transactions not involving a public offering. None of those will be eligible for sale under Rule 144 prior to                 , 2007. Notwithstanding this, all of those shares have been placed in escrow and will not be transferable for a period of three years from the date of this prospectus, subject to certain limited exceptions, such as transfers to family members and trusts for estate planning purposes and upon death while remaining subject to the escrow agreement, and will only be released prior to that date subject to certain limited exceptions, such as our liquidation prior to a business combination (in which case the certificate representing such shares will be destroyed), and the consummation of a liquidation, merger, stock exchange or other similar transaction that results in all of our stockholders having the right to exchange their shares of common stock for cash, securities or other property subsequent to our consummating a business combination with a target business.

57




Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, a person who has beneficially owned restricted shares of our common stock for at least one year would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of either of the following:

·       1% of the number of shares of common stock then outstanding, which will equal 125,000 shares immediately after this offering (or 140,000 if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option); and

·       the average weekly trading volume of the common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale.

Sales under Rule 144 are also limited by manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and by the availability of current public information about us.

Rule 144(k)

Under Rule 144(k), a person who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates at the time of or at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned the restricted shares proposed to be sold for at least two years, including the holding period of any prior owner other than an affiliate, is entitled to sell their shares without complying with the manner of sale, public information, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144.

SEC Position on Rule 144 Sales

The SEC has taken the position that promoters or affiliates of a blank check company and their transferees, both before and after a business combination, would act as an “underwriter” under the Securities Act when reselling the securities of a blank check company acquired prior to the consummation of its initial public offering. Accordingly, the SEC believes that those securities can be resold only through a registered offering and that Rule 144 would not be available for those resale transactions despite technical compliance with the requirements of Rule 144.

Registration Rights

The holders of our 2,500,000 issued and outstanding shares of common stock on the date of this prospectus will be entitled to registration rights pursuant to an agreement to be signed prior to or on the effective date of this offering. The holders of the majority of these shares are entitled to require us, on up to two occasions, to register these shares. The holders of the majority of these shares can elect to exercise these registration rights at any time after the date on which these shares of common stock are released from escrow. In addition, these stockholders have certain “piggy-back” registration rights on registration statements filed subsequent to the date on which these shares of common stock are released from escrow. We will bear the expenses incurred in connection with the filing of any such registration statements.

58




UNDERWRITING

In accordance with the terms and conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, we have agreed to sell to each of the underwriters named below, and each of the underwriters, for which Morgan Joseph & Co. is acting as representative, have severally, and not jointly, agreed to purchase on a firm commitment basis the number of units offered in this offering set forth opposite their respective names below:

Underwriters

 

 

 

Number of Units

 

Morgan Joseph & Co. Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

10,000,000

 

 

 

A copy of the underwriting agreement has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

State Blue Sky Information

We are not making any offer to of these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer is not permitted. We will offer and sell the units to retail customers only in Colorado, Delaware, the District of Columbia, Florida, Hawaii, Illinois, Indiana, New York and Rhode Island. In New York and Hawaii, we have relied on exemptions from the state registration requirements for transactions between an issuer and an underwriter involving a firm-commitment underwritten offering. In the other states, we have applied to have the units registered for sale and will not sell the units in these states until such registration is effective (including in Colorado, pursuant to 11-51-302(6) of the Colorado Revised Statutes).

If you are not an institutional investor, you may purchase our securities in this offering only in the jurisdictions described directly above. Institutional investors in every state may purchase the units in this offering pursuant to exemptions provided to such entities under the Blue Sky laws of various states. The definition of an “institutional investor” varies from state to state but generally includes financial institutions, broker-dealers, banks, insurance companies and other qualified entities.

Under the National Securities Markets Improvement Act of 1996, the resale of the units, from and after the date of this prospectus, and the common stock and warrants comprising the units, once they become separately transferable, are exempt from state registration requirements because we will file periodic and annual reports under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. However, states are permitted to require notice filings and collect fees with regard to these transactions. As of the date of this prospectus, the following states do not presently require any notice filings or fee payments and permit the resale of the units, and the common stock and warrants comprising the units, once they become separately transferable:

·       Alabama, Arizona, Colorado, Connecticut, Florida, Georgia, Hawaii, Indiana, Louisiana, Maine, Missouri, Nevada, New York, North Carolina, Ohio, Pennsylvania, Utah, Virginia, Washington, and Wisconsin.

Additionally, the following states permit the resale of the units and the common stock and warrants comprising the units, once they become separately transferable, if the proper notice filings have been made and fees paid:

·       Kansas, Maryland, Michigan, New Hampshire, Rhode Island, South Carolina, Texas and Vermont.

As of the date of this prospectus, we have not determined in which, if any, of these states we will submit the required filings or pay the required fee. Additionally, if any of these states that has not yet adopted a statute relating to the National Securities Markets Improvement Act adopts such a statute in the future requiring a filing or fee or if any state amends its existing statutes with respect to its requirements,

59




we would need to comply with those new requirements for the securities to continue to be eligible for resale in those jurisdictions.

Despite the exemption from state registration provided by the National Securities Markets Improvement Act described above, the following states and territory, regardless of whether they require a filing to be made or fee to be paid, have advised us that they do not recognize this act as a basis for exempting the registration of resales in their states of securities issued in blank check offerings:

·       Alaska, Arkansas, California, Illinois, Iowa, Kentucky, Massachusetts, Minnesota, Mississippi, Montana, Nebraska, New Jersey, New Mexico, North Dakota, Oklahoma, Puerto Rico, Tennessee, West Virginia and Wyoming.

We do not intend to register the resale of the securities sold in this offering in these states.

However, we believe that the units, from and after the effective date and the common stock and warrants comprising the units, once they become separately transferable, will be eligible for sale on a secondary market basis in each of the following states, without any notice filings or fee payments based upon the registration of the units, common stock and warrants in these states or the availability of another applicable exemption from the state's registration requirements:

·       immediately in Colorado, Delaware, the District of Columbia, Illinois, Indiana, Kentucky, New York, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island and Wisconsin;

·       commencing 90 days after the date of this prospectus in Nevada and New Mexico; and

·       commencing 180 days from the date of this prospectus in Alabama.

Pricing of Securities

We have been advised by the representative that the underwriters propose to offer the units to the public at the initial offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. It may allow some dealers concessions not in excess of $     per unit.

Prior to this offering there has been no public market for any of our securities. The public offering price of the units and the terms of the warrants were negotiated between us and the representative. Factors considered in determining the prices and terms of the units, including the common stock and warrants underlying the units, include:

·       the history and prospects of companies whose principal business is the acquisition of other companies;

·       prior offerings of those companies;

·       our prospects for acquiring an operating business at attractive values;

·       our capital structure;

·       an assessment of our management and their experience in identifying operating companies;

·       general conditions of the securities markets at the time of the offering; and

·       other factors as were deemed relevant.

However, although these factors were considered, the determination of our offering price is more arbitrary than the pricing of securities for an operating company in a particular industry since the underwriters are unable to compare our financial results and prospects with those of public companies operating in the same industry.

60




Over-Allotment Option

We have granted to the representative of the underwriters an option, exercisable during the 45-day period commencing on the date of this prospectus, to purchase from us at the offering price, less underwriting discounts, up to an aggregate of 1,500,000 additional units for the sole purpose of covering over-allotments, if any. The over-allotment option will only be used to cover the net syndicate short position resulting from the initial distribution. The representative of the underwriters may exercise the over-allotment option if the underwriters sell more units than the total number set forth in the table above.

Commissions and Discounts

The following table shows the public offering price, underwriting discount to be paid by us to the underwriters and the proceeds, before expenses, to us. This information assumes either no exercise or full exercise by the underwriters of their over-allotment option.

 

 

Per unit

 

Without option

 

With option

 

Public offering price

 

 

$

6.00

 

 

 

$

60,000,000

 

 

$

69,000,000

 

Discount

 

 

$

0.42

 

 

 

$

4,200,000

 

 

$

4,830,000

 

Proceeds before expenses(1)

 

 

$

5.58

 

 

 

$

55,800,000

 

 

$

64,170,000

 


(1)          The offering expenses are estimated at $400,000.

Purchase Option

We have agreed to sell to the representative, for $100, an option to purchase up to a total of 1,000,000 units. The units issuable upon exercise of this option are identical to those offered by this prospectus except that the warrants included in the option have an exercise price of $6.25 (125% of the exercise price of the warrants included in the units sold in the offering). This option is exercisable on a cashless basis at $7.50 per unit commencing on the later of the consummation of a business combination and one year from the date of this prospectus, and expiring five years from the date of this prospectus. The option and the 1,000,000 units, the 1,000,000 shares of common stock and the 2,000,000 warrants underlying such units, and the 2,000,000 shares of common stock underlying such warrants, have been deemed to be underwriting compensation by the NASD and are therefore subject to a 180-day lock-up pursuant to Rule 2710(g)(1) of the NASD Conduct Rules. Morgan Joseph & Co. will not sell, transfer, assign, pledge, or hypothecate this option or the securities underlying this option, nor will it engage in any hedging, short sale, derivative, put, or call transaction that would result in the effective economic disposition of this option or the underlying securities for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus. Additionally, the option may not be sold transferred, assigned, pledged or hypothecated for a one-year period (including the foregoing 180 day period) following the date of this prospectus except to any underwriter and selected dealer participating in the offering and their bona fide officers or partners. Although the purchase option and its underlying securities have been registered on the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, the option grants holders demand and “piggy back” registration rights for periods of five and seven years, respectively, from the date of this prospectus. These rights apply to all of the securities directly and indirectly issuable upon exercise of the option. We will bear all fees and expenses attendant to registering the securities issuable on exercise of the option, other than underwriting commissions incurred and payable by the holders. The exercise price and number of units issuable upon exercise of the option may be adjusted in certain circumstances including in the event of a stock dividend, or our recapitalization, reorganization, merger or consolidation. However, the option exercise price or underlying units will not be adjusted for issuances of common stock at a price below the option exercise price.

The sale of the option will be accounted for as a cost attributable to the proposed offering. Accordingly, there will be no net impact on our financial position or results of operations, except for the

61




recording of the $100 proceeds from the sale. We have estimated, based upon a Black-Scholes model, that the fair value of the option on the date of sale would be approximately $1,030,000, using an expected life of four years, volatility of 24.1%, and a risk-free rate of 4.39%. However, because our units do not have a trading history, the volatility assumption is based on information currently available to management. The volatility estimate is derived using four-year historical stock prices for the 32 companies in the Standard and Poor’s Supercomposite Media Index. We believe the volatility estimate calculated from this index is a reasonable benchmark to use in estimating the expected volatility of our units; however, the use of an index to estimate volatility may not necessarily be representative of the volatility of the underlying securities. Although an expected life of four years was used in the calculation, if we do not consummate a business combination within the prescribed time period and we liquidate, the option will become worthless.

Regulatory Restrictions on Purchase of Securities

Rules of the SEC may limit the ability of the underwriters to bid for or purchase our securities before the distribution of the securities is completed. However, the underwriters may engage in the following activities in accordance with the rules:

·       Stabilizing Transactions.   The underwriters may make bids or purchases for the purpose of pegging, fixing or maintaining the price of our securities, as long as stabilizing bids do not exceed the maximum price specified in Regulation M, which generally requires, among other things, that no stabilizing bid shall be initiated at or increased to a price higher than the lower of the offering price or the highest independent bid for the security on the principal trading market for the security.

·       Over-Allotments and Syndicate Coverage Transactions.   The underwriters may create a short position in our securities by selling more of our securities than are set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. If the underwriters create a short position during the offering, the representative may engage in syndicate covering transactions by purchasing our securities in the open market. The representative may also elect to reduce any short position by exercising all or part of the over-allotment option.

·       Penalty Bids.   The representative may reclaim a selling concession from a syndicate member when the units originally sold by the syndicate member are purchased in a stabilizing or syndicate covering transaction to cover syndicate short positions.

Stabilization and syndicate covering transactions may cause the price of the securities to be higher than they would be in the absence of these transactions. The imposition of a penalty bid may also have an effect on the prices of the securities if it discourages resales.

Neither we nor the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the effect that the transactions described above may have on the prices of the securities. These transactions may occur on the OTC Bulletin Board, in the over-the-counter market or on any trading market. If any of these transactions are commenced, they may be discontinued without notice at any time.

Other Terms

We have granted to Morgan Joseph & Co., the right to have an observer present at all meetings of our board of directors until we consummate a business combination. The observer will be entitled to the same notices and communications sent by us to our directors and to attend directors’ meetings, but will not have voting rights. Morgan Joseph & Co. has not named its observer as of the date of this prospectus.

Although we are not under any contractual obligation to engage any of the underwriters to provide services for us after this offering, any of the underwriters may, among other things, introduce us to potential target businesses or assist us in raising additional capital, as needs may arise in the future. If any

62




of the underwriters provide services to us after the offering we may pay such underwriter fair and reasonable fees that would be determined in an arm’s length negotiation.

Indemnification

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against some liabilities, including civil liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in this respect.

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the securities offered in this prospectus is being passed upon for us by Ellenoff Grossman & Schole LLP, New York, New York. DLA Piper Rudnick Gray Cary US LLP, New York, New York, is acting as counsel for the underwriters in this offering.

EXPERTS

The financial statements of HD Partners Acquisition Corporation at December 13, 2005 and for the period from December 6, 2005 (date of inception) through December 13, 2005 appearing in this prospectus and in the registration statement have been included herein in reliance upon the report of Goldstein Golub Kessler LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1, which includes exhibits, schedules and amendments, under the Securities Act, with respect to this offering of our securities. Although this prospectus, which forms a part of the registration statement, contains all material information included in the registration statement, parts of the registration statement have been omitted as permitted by rules and regulations of the SEC. We refer you to the registration statement and its exhibits for further information about us, our securities and this offering. The registration statement and its exhibits, as well as our other reports filed with the SEC, can be inspected and copied at the SEC’s public reference room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. The public may obtain information about the operation of the public reference room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. In addition, the SEC maintains a web site at http://www.sec.gov which contains the Form S-1 and other reports, proxy and information statements and information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC.

63







REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders
HD Partners Acquisition Corporation

We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of HD Partners Acquisition Corporation (a development stage company) as of December 13, 2005, and the related statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the period from December 6, 2005 (inception) to December 13, 2005. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of HD Partners Acquisition Corporation as of December 13, 2005, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the period from December 6, 2005 (inception) to December 13, 2005 in conformity with United States generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ GOLDSTEIN GOLUB KESSLER  LLP

 

GOLDSTEIN GOLUB KESSLER LLP

New York, New York

December 16, 2005

 

F-2




HD Partners Acquisition Corporation
(a development stage company)

Balance Sheet

 

 

December 13,
2005

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

Cash

 

 

$

212,500 

 

 

Deferred offering costs

 

 

40,000

 

 

Total assets

 

 

$

252,500 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

Accrued expenses

 

 

$

1,000 

 

 

Accrued offering costs

 

 

2,500

 

 

Notes payable to stockholders

 

 

225,000

 

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

228,500

 

 

COMMITMENTS

 

 

 

 

 

STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock—$.001 par value; 1,000,000 shares authorized; 0 issued and outstanding

 

 

0

 

 

Common stock—$.001 par value, 100,000,000 shares authorized; 2,500,000 issued and outstanding

 

 

2,500

 

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

 

22,500

 

 

Deficit accumulated during the development stage

 

 

(1,000

)

 

Total stockholders’ equity

 

 

24,000

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

 

 

$

252,500 

 

 

 

See Notes to Financial Statements.

F-3




HD Partners Acquisition Corporation
(a development stage company)

Statement of Operations

 

 

December 6, 2005
(Date of Inception)
through
December 13, 2005

 

Revenue

 

 

$

0 

 

 

Organization costs

 

 

$

(1,000 

)

 

Net loss for the period

 

 

$

(1,000 

)

 

Net loss per share—basic and diluted

 

 

$

(0.00 

)

 

Weighted average number of shares outstanding—basic and diluted

 

 

2,500,000

 

 

 

See Notes to Financial Statements.

F-4




HD Partners Acquisition Corporation
(a development stage company)

Statement of Stockholders’ Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deficit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additional

 

During the

 

 

 

 

 

Common Stock

 

Paid-In

 

Development

 

 

 

 

 

Shares

 

Amount

 

Capital

 

Stage

 

Total

 

Contributions from founding
stockholders—December 13, 2005

 

2,500,000

 

 

$

2,500 

 

 

 

$

22,500 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

25,000 

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

(1,000 

)

 

(1,000

)

Balance—December 13, 2005

 

2,500,000

 

 

$

2,500 

 

 

 

$

22,500 

 

 

 

$

(1,000 

)

 

$

24,000 

 

 

See Notes to Financial Statements.

F-5




HD Partners Acquisition Corporation
(a development stage company)

Statement of Cash Flows

 

 

December 6, 2005
(Date of Inception)
through
December 13, 2005

 

Cash flows from operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

 

$

(1,000 

)

 

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

Changes in:

 

 

 

 

 

Accrued expenses

 

 

1,000

 

 

Net cash used by operating activities

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from notes payable to stockholders

 

 

225,000

 

 

Proceeds from sale of common stock

 

 

25,000

 

 

Payments of offering costs

 

 

(37,500

)

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

 

212,500

 

 

Net increase in cash

 

 

212,500

 

 

Cash—beginning of period

 

 

 

 

Cash—end of period

 

 

$

212,500 

 

 

Supplemental schedule of non-cash financing activity:

 

 

 

 

 

Accrual of deferred offering costs:

 

 

$

2,500 

 

 

 

See Notes to Financial Statements.

F-6




HD Partners Acquisition Corporation
(a development stage company)

Notes to Financial Statements

1.               Organization, Business Operations and Significant Accounting Policies

HD Partners Acquisition Corporation (the “Company”) was incorporated in Delaware on December 6, 2005 as a blank check company whose objective is to acquire a business in the media, entertainment or telecommunications industries.

At December 13, 2005, the Company had not yet commenced any operations. All activity through December 13, 2005 relates to the Company’s formation and the proposed public offering described below. The Company has selected December 31 as its fiscal year-end.

The Company’s ability to commence operations is contingent upon obtaining adequate financial resources through a proposed public offering (“Proposed Offering”) which is discussed in Note 2. The Company’s management has broad discretion with respect to the specific application of the net proceeds of the Proposed Offering, although substantially all of the net proceeds of the Proposed Offering are intended to be generally applied toward consummating a business combination with an operating business in the media, entertainment or telecommunications industries (“Business Combination”). Furthermore, there is no assurance that the Company will be able to successfully effect a Business Combination. Upon the closing of the Proposed Offering, at least ninety percent (90%) of the net proceeds, after payment of certain amounts to the underwriter, will be held in a trust account (“Trust Account”) and invested in government securities until the earlier of (i) the consummation of a first Business Combination or (ii) liquidation of the Company. The remaining net proceeds (not held in the Trust Account) may be used to pay for business, legal and accounting due diligence on prospective acquisitions and continuing general and administrative expenses. The Company, after signing a definitive agreement for the acquisition of a target business, will submit such transaction for stockholder approval. In the event that stockholders owning 20% or more of the shares sold in the Proposed Offering vote against the Business Combination and exercise their conversion rights described below, the Business Combination will not be consummated. All of the Company’s stockholders prior to the Proposed Offering, including all of the officers and directors of the Company (“Initial Stockholders”), have agreed to vote their 2,500,000 founding shares of common stock in accordance with the vote of the majority in interest of all other stockholders of the Company (“Public Stockholders”) with respect to any Business Combination. After consummation of a Business Combination, these voting safeguards will no longer be applicable.

With respect to a Business Combination which is approved and consummated, any Public Stockholder who voted against the Business Combination may demand that the Company convert his or her shares. The per share conversion price will equal the amount in the Trust Account, net of taxes payable, calculated as of two business days prior to the consummation of the proposed Business Combination, divided by the number of shares of common stock held by Public Stockholders at the consummation of the Proposed Offering. Accordingly, Public Stockholders holding 19.99% of the aggregate number of shares owned by all Public Stockholders may seek conversion of their shares in the event of a Business Combination. Such Public Stockholders are entitled to receive their per share interest in the Trust Account computed without regard to the shares held by Initial Stockholders.

The Company’s Certificate of Incorporation provides for mandatory liquidation of the Company in the event that the Company does not consummate a Business Combination within 18 months from the date of the consummation of the Proposed Offering, or 24 months from the consummation of the Proposed Offering if certain extension criteria have been satisfied. In the event of liquidation, it is likely that the per share value of the residual assets remaining available for distribution (including Trust Account assets) will

F-7




HD Partners Acquisition Corporation
(a development stage company)

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

1.               Organization, Business Operations and Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

be less than the initial public offering price per share in the Proposed Offering (assuming no value is attributed to the Warrants contained in the Units to be offered in the Proposed Offering discussed in Note 2).

Deferred income taxes are provided for the differences between the bases of assets and liabilities for financial reporting and income tax purposes. A valuation allowance is established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.

The Company recorded a deferred income tax asset for the tax effect of net operating loss carry-forward and temporary differences, aggregating approximately $340. In recognition of the uncertainty regarding the ultimate amount of income tax benefits to be derived, the Company has recorded a full valuation allowance at December 13, 2005.

The effective tax rate differs from the statutory rate of 34% due to the increase in the valuation allowance.

Loss per share is computed by dividing net loss by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period.

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Management does not believe that any recently issued, but not yet effective, accounting standards if currently adopted would have a material effect on the accompanying financial statements.

2.               Proposed Public Offering

The Proposed Offering calls for the Company to offer for public sale up to 10,000,000 units (“Units”), and up to an additional 1,500,000 subject to an over-allotment option granted to the underwriters that may be exercised during the 45 day period after the date of the offering prospectus. Each Unit consists of one share of the Company’s common stock, $.001 par value, and two redeemable common stock purchase warrants (“Warrants”). Each Warrant will entitle the holder to purchase from the Company two shares of common stock at an exercise price of $5.00 commencing the later of the completion of a business combination with a target business or one year from the effective date of the Proposed Offering and expiring four years from the effective date of the Proposed Offering. The Warrants will be redeemable at a price of $.01 per Warrant upon 30 days’ notice after the Warrants become exercisable, only in the event that the last sale price of the common stock is at least $8.50 per share for any 20 trading days within a 30 trading day period ending on the third business day prior to the date on which notice of redemption is given.

In addition, the Company has agreed to sell to Morgan Joseph & Co., Inc., for $100, as additional compensation, an option to purchase up to a total of 1,000,000 units at $7.50 per unit. The units issuable upon exercise of this option are identical to those offered by this prospectus, except that the warrants included in the option have an exercise price of $6.25 (125% of the exercise price of the warrants included

F-8




HD Partners Acquisition Corporation
(a development stage company)

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

2.     Proposed Public Offering (Continued)

in the units sold in the offering). In lieu of paying the exercise price of $7.50 per unit, the option may be converted into units (i.e., a cashless exercise) to the extent that the market value of the units at the time of conversion exceeds the exercise price of the option. The option may only be exercised or converted by the option holder. The option will only be issued to Morgan Joseph & Co., Inc. upon completion of the Company’s initial public offering. The purchase option and its underlying securities have been registered under the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

The sale of the option will be accounted for as an equity transaction. Accordingly, there will be no net impact on the Company’s financial position or results of operations, except for the recording of the $100 proceeds from the sale. The Company has determined, based upon a Black-Scholes model, that the fair value of the option on the date of sale would be approximately $1,030,000, using an expected life of four years, volatility of 24.1% and a risk free interest rate of 4.39%.

The volatility calculation of 24.1% is based on the Standard and Poor’s Supercomposite Media Index during the period from December 14, 2001 through December 13, 2005. Because the Company does not have a trading history, the Company needed to estimate the potential volatility of its unit price, which will depend on a number of factors which cannot be ascertained at this time. The Company referred to the Standard and Poor’s Supercomposite Media Index because its management believes that the volatility of this Index is a reasonable benchmark to use in estimating the expected volatility for the Company’s units. Although an expected life of four years was taken into account for the purposes of assigning a fair value to the option, if the Company does not consummate a business combination within the prescribed time period and liquidates, the option would become worthless.

Although the purchase option and its underlying securities have been registered under the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part of, the purchase option grants to holders demand and “piggy back” rights for periods of five years and seven years, respectively, from the date of this prospectus with respect to the registration under the Securities Act of 1933 of the securities directly and indirectly issuable upon exercise of the purchase option. The Company will bear all fees and expenses attendant to registering the securities, other than underwriting commissions which will be paid for by the holders themselves. The exercise price and number of units issuable upon exercise of the purchase option may be adjusted in certain circumstances including in the event of a stock dividend, or our recapitalization, merger or consolidation. However, the purchase option will not be adjusted for issuances of common stock at a price below its exercise price.

3.   Notes Payable, Stockholders

The Company issued an aggregate of $225,000 of unsecured promissory notes to five Initial Stockholders, who are also officers, on December 13, 2005. The notes are non-interest bearing and are payable on the earlier of December 13, 2006 or the consummation of the Proposed Offering. Due to the short-term nature of the notes, the fair value of the notes approximates their carrying amount.

4.               Commitment

The Company utilizes certain limited administrative, technology and secretarial services, as well as certain limited office space provided by an affiliate of one of the Initial Stockholders. Such affiliate has agreed that, until the acquisition of a target business by the Company, it will make such services available

F-9




HD Partners Acquisition Corporation
(a development stage company)

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

4. Commitment (Continued)

to the Company, as may be required by the Company from time to time. The Company has agreed to pay such affiliate up to $7,500 per month for such services commencing on the effective date of the Proposed Offering.

In addition, upon the closing of the Company’s underwritten initial public offering, the Company will pay to Morgan Joseph & Co., Inc. serving as the underwriting syndicate’s representative, seven percent (7%) of the gross proceeds of the offering (the “Underwriters’ Discount”). The Underwriters’ Discount will amount to an aggregate of $4,200,000 if the underwriters do not exercise their over-allotment option, and an aggregate of $4,830,000 if the over-allotment option is exercised in full.

The Company’s Initial Stockholders, have agreed with the Underwriter that, subject to any regulatory restrictions, after the Proposed Offering is completed and within the first sixty trading days after separate trading of the warrants has commenced, they or certain of their affiliates or designees will use reasonable best efforts to collectively purchase up to $1,200,000 of Warrants in the public marketplace at prices not to exceed $0.70 per Warrant. Each of the Company’s Initial Stockholders or their designees cannot sell these warrants until the consummation of a business combination. These warrants will be non-callable as long as they are held by the Company’s Initial Stockholders or their designees.

5.   Preferred Stock

The Company is authorized to issue 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock with such designations, voting and other rights and preferences as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors.

6.   Deferred offering costs

Deferred offering costs consist principally of legal fees and other costs, spent by the Initial Stockholders, incurred through the balance sheet date that are related to the Proposed Offering and that will be charged to capital upon the receipt of the capital or charged to expense if not completed.

F-10




 

 

Until [                                ], 2006, all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

No dealer, salesperson or any other person is authorized to give any information or make any representations in connection with this offering other than those contained in this prospectus and, if given or made, the information or representations must not be relied upon as having been authorized by us. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any security other than the securities offered by this prospectus, or an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities by anyone in any jurisdiction in which the offer or solicitation is not authorized or is unlawful.


Table Of Contents

 

Page

Prospectus Summary

 

1

 

Summary Financial Data

 

8

 

Risk Factors

 

9

 

Use of Proceeds

 

25

 

Dilution

 

28

 

Capitalization

 

30

 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations
  

 

31

 

Proposed Business

 

33

 

Management

 

45

 

Principal Stockholders

 

50

 

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions   

 

52

 

Description of Securities

 

54

 

Underwriting

 

59

 

Legal Matters

 

63

 

Experts

 

63

 

Where You Can Find Additional
Information

 

63

 

Index to Financial Statements

 

F-1

 

 

 

HD PARTNERS
ACQUISITION CORPORATION

$60,000,000

10,000,000 Units


PROSPECTUS


GRAPHIC

                    , 2006

 

 




PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13.                 Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

The estimated expenses payable by us in connection with the offering described in this registration statement (other than the underwriting discount and commissions) will be as follows:

Initial Trustees’ fee

 

$

1,000

(1)

 

Initial Escrow Agent Fee

 

3,500

 

 

SEC registration fee

 

24,011

 

 

NASD filing fee

 

20,900

 

 

Accounting fees and expenses

 

35,000

 

 

Printing and engraving expenses

 

50,000

 

 

Legal fees and expenses

 

207,500

 

 

Blue sky services and expenses

 

42,500

 

 

Miscellaneous

 

15,589

(2)

 

Total

 

$

400,000

 

 


(1)          In addition to the initial acceptance fee that is charged by American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as trustee following the offering, the registrant will be required to pay to American Stock Transfer & Trust Company annual fees of approximately $3,000 for acting as trustee, approximately $12,000 for acting as transfer agent and warrant agent of the registrant’s common stock and warrants, respectively.

(2)          This amount represents additional expenses that may be incurred by us in connection with the offering over and above those specifically listed above, including distribution and mailing costs.

Item 14.                 Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

Our certificate of incorporation provides that all of our directors, officers, employees and agents will be entitled to be indemnified by us to the fullest extent permitted by Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law concerning indemnification of officers, directors, employees and agents is set forth below.

“Section 145. Indemnification of officers, directors, employees and agents; insurance.

(a)   A corporation shall have power to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe the person’s conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that the person’s conduct was unlawful.

II-1




(b)   A corporation shall have power to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

(c)   To the extent that a present or former director or officer of a corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in subsections (a) and (b) of this section, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith.

(d)   Any indemnification under subsections (a) and (b) of this section (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the present or former director, officer, employee or agent is proper in the circumstances because the person has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in subsections (a) and (b) of this section. Such determination shall be made, with respect to a person who is a director or officer at the time of such determination, (1) by a majority vote of the directors who are not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, even though less than a quorum, or (2) by a committee of such directors designated by majority vote of such directors, even though less than a quorum, or (3) if there are no such directors, or if such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (4) by the stockholders.

(e)   Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by an officer or director in defending any civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation as authorized in this section. Such expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by former directors and officers or other employees and agents may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the corporation deems appropriate.

(f)    The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, the other subsections of this section shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such person’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office.

(g)   A corporation shall have power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under this section.

II-2




(h)   For purposes of this section, references to “the corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, and employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under this section with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as such person would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

(i)    For purposes of this section, references to “other enterprises” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to any employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the corporation” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the corporation” as referred to in this section.

(j)    The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this section shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

(k)   The Court of Chancery is hereby vested with exclusive jurisdiction to hear and determine all actions for advancement of expenses or indemnification brought under this section or under any bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors, or otherwise. The Court of Chancery may summarily determine a corporation’s obligation to advance expenses (including attorneys’ fees).”

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to our directors, officers, and controlling persons pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, we have been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person in a successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, we will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to the court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

Paragraph B of Article Eighth of our certificate of incorporation provides:

“The Corporation, to the full extent permitted by Section 145 of the GCL, as amended from time to time, shall indemnify all persons whom it may indemnify pursuant thereto. Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by an officer or director in defending any civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative action, suit or proceeding for which such officer or director may be entitled to indemnification hereunder shall be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as authorized hereby.”

II-3




Pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this Registration Statement, we have agreed to indemnify the underwriters, and the underwriters have agreed to indemnify us, against certain civil liabilities that may be incurred in connection with this offering, including certain liabilities under the Securities Act.

Item 15.                 Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

(a)   During the past three years, we sold the following shares of common stock without registration under the Securities Act:

Stockholders

 

 

 

Number
of Shares

 

Chapman Revocable Family Trust Dated February 27, 2001

 

500,000

 

Cox-King Family Living Trust

 

500,000

 

Eddy W. Hartenstein

 

500,000

 

Lederman Family Trust dated January 17, 2000

 

500,000

 

Robert Lewis Meyers and Karen L. Meyers Family Trust dated
December 11, 1996

 

500,000

 

Total

 

2,500,000

 

 

Such shares were issued on December 13, 2005 in connection with our organization pursuant to the exemption from registration contained in Section 4(2) of the Securities Act as they were sold to “accredited investors” as defined in Rule 501(a) of the Securities Act. The shares issued to the individuals above were sold for an aggregate offering price of $25,000 at a purchase price of $0.01 per share. No underwriting discounts or commissions were paid with respect to such sales.

Item 16.                 Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

See the Exhibit Index, which follows the signature page which is incorporated by reference.

Item 17.                 Undertakings.

(a)          The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

(1)          To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

i.                    To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act;

ii.                To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than 20 percent change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement.

iii.            To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement; provided,however, that

II-4




A.             Paragraphs (a)(1)(i) and (a)(1)(ii) of this section do not apply if the registration statement is on Form S-8, and the information required to be included in a post-effective amendment by those paragraphs is contained in reports filed with or furnished to the Commission by the registrant pursuant to section 13 or section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 that are incorporated by reference in the registration statement; and

B.              Paragraphs (a)(1)(i), (a)(1)(ii) and (a)(1)(iii) of this section do not apply if the registration statement is on Form S-3 or Form F-3 and the information required to be included in a post-effective amendment by those paragraphs is contained in reports filed with or furnished to the Commission by the registrant pursuant to section 13 or section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 that are incorporated by reference in the registration statement, or is contained in a form of prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) that is part of the registration statement.

(2)          That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

(3)          To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

(4)          That, for the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser:

i.                    If the registrant is relying on Rule 430B:

A.             Each prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(3)shall be deemed to be part of the registration statement as of the date the filed prospectus was deemed part of and included in the registration statement; and

B.              Each prospectus required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424(b)(2), (b)(5), or (b)(7) as part of a registration statement in reliance on Rule 430B relating to an offering made pursuant to Rule 415(a)(1)(i), (vii), or (x) for the purpose of providing the information required by section 10(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the earlier of the date such form of prospectus is first used after effectiveness or the date of the first contract of sale of securities in the offering described in the prospectus. As provided in Rule 430B, for liability purposes of the issuer and any person that is at that date an underwriter, such date shall be deemed to be a new effective date of the registration statement relating to the securities in the registration statement to which that prospectus relates, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such effective date, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such effective date; or

II-5




ii.                If the registrant is subject to Rule 430C, each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.

(5)          That, for the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities: The undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

i.                    Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;

ii.                Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;

iii.            The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and

iv.              Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.

(b)         The undersigned hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

(c)          Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

II-6




(d)         The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

(1)          For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2)          For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

II-7




SIGNATURE

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the registrant has duly caused this Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Los Angeles, State of California, on the 24th day of January, 2006.

 

HD PARTNERS ACQUISITION CORPORATION

 

By:

/s/ EDDY W. HARTENSTEIN

 

 

Name:

Eddy W. Hartenstein

 

 

Title:

Chairman, President and  Chief  Executive Officer

 

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Eddy W. Hartenstein his true and lawful attorney-in-fact, with full power of substitution and resubstitution for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities to sign any and all amendments including post-effective amendments to this registration statement, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the SEC, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact or his substitute, each acting alone, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Name

 

Position

 

Date

 

/s/ EDDY W. HARTENSTEIN

Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer

January 24, 2006

Eddy W. Hartenstein

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

/s/ ROBERT L. MEYERS

Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Director

January 24, 2006

Robert L. Meyers

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

 

/s/ BRUCE R. LEDERMAN

Executive Vice President, Secretary and Director

January 24, 2006

Bruce R. Lederman

 

 

/s/ STEVEN J. COX

Executive Vice President and Director

January 24, 2006

Steven J. Cox

 

 

/s/ LAWRENCE N. CHAPMAN

Executive Vice President and Director

January 24, 2006

Lawrence N. Chapman

 

 

 

 

II-8




Exhibit No.

 

 

Description

1.1

Form of Underwriting Agreement.

1.2

Form of Selected Dealers Agreement.

3.1

Certificate of Incorporation.**

3.2

By-laws.**

4.1

Specimen Unit Certificate.**

4.2

Specimen Common Stock Certificate.**

4.3

Specimen Warrant Certificate.**

4.4

Form of Unit Purchase Agreement to be granted to Morgan Joseph & Co., Inc.**

4.5

Form of Warrant Agreement between American Stock Transfer & Trust Company and the Registrant.**

5.1

Opinion of Ellenoff Grossman & Schole LLP.*

10.1

Form of Investment Management Trust Agreement between American Stock Transfer & Trust Company and the Registrant.**

10.2

Form of Stock Escrow Agreement among the Registrant, American Stock Transfer & Trust Company and the Existing Stockholders.**

10.3

Form of Registration Rights Agreement among the Registrant and the Existing Stockholders.**

10.4

Letter Agreement among the Registrant, Morgan Joseph & Co., Inc. and Lawrence N. Chapman.**

10.5

Letter Agreement among the Registrant, Morgan Joseph & Co., Inc. and Steven J. Cox.**

10.6

Letter Agreement among the Registrant, Morgan Joseph & Co., Inc. and Eddy W. Hartenstein.**

10.7

Letter Agreement among the Registrant, Morgan Joseph & Co., Inc. and Bruce R. Lederman.**

10.8

Letter Agreement among the Registrant, Morgan Joseph & Co., Inc. and Robert L. Meyers.**

10.9

Office Services Agreement between the Registrant and Value Investments, LLC.**

10.10

Promissory Note, dated December 13, 2005, issued to Lawrence N. Chapman in the amount of $45,000.**

10.11

Promissory Note, dated December 13, 2005, issued to Steven J. Cox in the amount of $45,000.**

10.12

Promissory Note, dated December 13, 2005, issued to Eddy W. Hartenstein in the amount of $45,000.**

10.13

Promissory Note, dated December 13, 2005, issued to Bruce R. Lederman in the amount of $45,000.**

10.14

Promissory Note, dated December 13, 2005, issued to Robert L. Meyers in the amount of $45,000.**

10.15

Form of Warrant Purchase Agreement among Morgan Joseph & Co., Inc. and each of Lawrence N. Chapman, Steven J. Cox, Eddy W. Hartenstein, Bruce R. Lederman and Robert L. Meyers.

23.1

Consent of Goldstein Golub Kessler LLP.

23.2

Consent of Ellenoff Grossman & Schole LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).*

24

Power of Attorney (Included on Signature Page).**


*                    To be filed by amendment.

**    Previously filed.

II-9



EX-1.1 2 a05-21987_1ex1d1.htm UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

Exhibit 1.1

 

 

FORM OF UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

 

between

 

HD PARTNERS ACQUISITION CORPORATION

 

and

 

MORGAN JOSEPH & CO. INC.

 

 

 

Dated:                          , 2006

 

 



 

HD PARTNERS ACQUISITION CORPORATION

 

FORM OF UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

 

New York, New York

                           , 2006

 

 

Morgan Joseph & Co. Inc.

600 Fifth Avenue, 19th Floor

New York, New York 10020.

 

Dear Sirs:

 

The undersigned, HD Partners Acquisition Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“Company”), hereby confirms its agreement with Morgan Joseph & Co. Inc. (“Morgan Joseph & Co.”, referred to herein variously as “you,” or the “Representative”) and with the other underwriters named on Schedule I hereto for which Morgan Joseph & Co. is acting as Representative (the Representative and the other Underwriters being collectively called the “Underwriters” or, individually, an “Underwriter”) as follows:

 

1.             Purchase and Sale of Securities.

 

1.1           Firm Securities.

 

1.1.1        Purchase of Firm Units.  On the basis of the representations and warranties herein contained, but subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Company agrees to issue and sell, severally and not jointly, to the several Underwriters, an aggregate of 10,000,000 units (“Firm Units”) of the Company, at a purchase price (net of discounts and commissions) of $5.58 per Firm Unit.   The Underwriters, severally and not jointly, agree to purchase from the Company the number of Firm Units set forth opposite their respective names on Schedule I attached hereto and made a part hereof at a purchase price (net of discounts and commissions) of $5.58 per Firm Unit. The Firm Units are to be offered initially to the public (“Offering”) at the offering price of $6.00 per Firm Unit.  Each Firm Unit consists of one share of the Company’s common stock, par value $.001 per share (“Common Stock”), and two warrants (“Warrant(s)”).  The shares of Common Stock and the Warrants included in the Firm Units will not be separately transferable until 90 days after the effective date (“Effective Date”) of the Registration Statement (as defined in Section 2.1.1 hereof) unless the Representative informs the Company of its decision to allow earlier separate trading, but in no event will the Representative allow separate trading until the Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission a Current Report on Form 8-K that includes an audited balance sheet reflecting the Company’s receipt of the proceeds of the Offering, including any proceeds the Company receives from the exercise of the Over-allotment Option (as defined in Section 1.2.1), if such option is exercised prior to the filing of the Form 8-K.  Each Warrant entitles its holder to exercise it to purchase one share of Common Stock for $5.00 during the period commencing on the later of the consummation by the Company of its “Business Combination” or one year from the Effective Date of the Registration Statement and terminating on the four-year anniversary of the Effective Date.  “Business Combination” shall mean any merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition or other similar business combination

 

1



 

consummated by the Company with an operating business (as described more fully in the Registration Statement).

 

1.1.2        Payment and Delivery.  Delivery and payment for the Firm Units shall be made at 10:00 a.m., New York time, on the fourth business day following the effective date of the Registration Statement or at such earlier time as shall be agreed upon by the Representative and the Company at the offices of Ellenoff Grossman & Schole LLP (“EGS”) or at such other place as shall be agreed upon by the Representative and the Company.  The hour and date of delivery and payment for the Firm Units are called “Closing Date.”  Payment for the Firm Units shall be made on the Closing Date at the Representative’s election by wire transfer in Federal (same day) funds or by certified or bank cashier’s check(s) in New York Clearing House funds, payable as follows: $54,400,000 of the proceeds received by the Company for the Firm Units shall be deposited in the trust fund established by the Company for the benefit of the public stockholders as described in the Registration Statement (“Trust Fund”) pursuant to the terms of an Investment Management Trust Agreement (“Trust Agreement”) and the remaining proceeds shall be paid (subject to Section 3.12 hereof) to the order of the Company upon delivery to you of certificates (in form and substance satisfactory to the Underwriters) representing the Firm Units (or through the facilities of the Depository Trust Company (“DTC”)) for the account of the Underwriters. The Firm Units shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denominations as the Representative may request in writing at least two full business days prior to the Closing Date.  The Company will permit the Representative to examine and package the Firm Units for delivery, at least one full business day prior to the Closing Date.  The Company shall not be obligated to sell or deliver the Firm Units except upon tender of payment by the Representative for all the Firm Units.

 

1.2           Over-Allotment Option.

 

1.2.1        Option Units.  For the purposes of covering any over-allotments in connection with the distribution and sale of the Firm Units, the Underwriters are hereby granted, severally and not jointly, an option to purchase up to an additional 1,500,000 units from the Company (“Over-allotment Option”).  Such additional 1,500,000 units are hereinafter referred to as “Option Units.”  The Firm Units and the Option Units are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Units,” and the Units, the shares of Common Stock and the Warrants included in the Units and the shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrants are hereinafter referred to collectively as the “Public Securities.”  The purchase price to be paid for the Option Units will be the same price per Option Unit as the price per Firm Unit set forth in Section 1.1.1 hereof.

 

1.2.2        Exercise of Option.  The Over-allotment Option granted pursuant to Section 1.2.1 hereof may be exercised by the Representative as to all (at any time) or any part (from time to time) of the Option Units within 45 days after the Effective Date.  The Underwriters will not be under any obligation to purchase any Option Units prior to the exercise of the Over-allotment Option.  The Over-allotment Option granted hereby may be exercised by the giving of oral notice to the Company by the Representative, which must be confirmed in writing by overnight mail or facsimile transmission setting forth the number of Option Units to be purchased and the date and time for delivery of and payment for the Option Units (the “Option Closing Date”), which will not be later than five full business days after the date of the notice or such other time as shall be agreed upon by the Company and the Representative, at the offices of EGS or at such other place as shall be agreed upon by the Company and the Representative.  Upon exercise of the Over-allotment Option, the Company will become obligated to convey to the Underwriters, and, subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Underwriters will become obligated to purchase, the number of Option Units specified in such notice.

 

1.2.3        Payment and Delivery.  Payment for the Option Units shall be made on the Option Closing Date at the Representative’s election by wire transfer in Federal (same day) funds or by certified or bank cashier’s check(s) in New York Clearing House funds, payable as follows:  $5.58 per Option Unit shall be deposited in the Trust Fund pursuant to the Trust Agreement upon delivery to you of

 

2



 

certificates (in form and substance satisfactory to the Underwriters) representing the Option Units (or through the facilities of DTC) for the account of the Underwriters. The certificates representing the Option Units to be delivered will be in such denominations and registered in such names as the Representative requests not less than two full business days prior to the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, as the case may be, and will be made available to the Representative for inspection, checking and packaging at the aforesaid office of the Company’s transfer agent or correspondent not less than one full business day prior to such Closing Date.

 

1.3           Representative’s Purchase Option.

 

1.3.1        Purchase Option.  The Company hereby agrees to issue and sell to the Representative (and/or its designees) on the Effective Date an option (“Representative’s Purchase Option”) for the purchase of an aggregate of 1,000,000 units (“Representative’s Units”) for an aggregate purchase price of $100.  Each of the Representative’s Units is identical to the Firm Units except that the Warrants included in the Representative’s Units (“Representative’s Warrants”) have an exercise price of $6.25 (125% of the exercise price of the Warrants included in the Units sold to the public).  The Representative’s Purchase Option shall be exercisable, in whole or in part, commencing on the later of the consummation of a Business Combination and one year from the Effective Date and expiring on the five-year anniversary of the Effective Dateat an initial exercise price per Representative’s Unit of $7.50 (125% of the initial public offering price of a Unit).  The Representative’s Purchase Option, the Representative’s Units, the Representative’s Warrants and the shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Representative’s Warrants are hereinafter referred to collectively as the “Representative’s Securities.”  The Public Securities and the Representative’s Securities are hereinafter referred to collectively as the “Securities.”  The Representative understands and agrees that there are significant restrictions against transferring the Representative’s Purchase Option during the first year after the Effective Date, as set forth in Section 3 of the Representative’s Purchase Option.

 

1.3.2        Payment and Delivery.  Delivery and payment for the Representative’s Purchase Option shall be made on the Closing Date.  The Company shall deliver to the Underwriters, upon payment therefor, certificates for the Representative’s Purchase Option in the name or names and in such authorized denominations as the Representative may request.

 

2.             Representations and Warranties of the Company.  The Company represents and warrants to the Underwriters as follows:

 

2.1           Filing of Registration Statement.

 

2.1.1        Pursuant to the Act.  The Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“Commission”) a registration statement and an amendment or amendments thereto, on Form S-1 (File No. 333-130531), including any related preliminary prospectus (“Preliminary Prospectus”), for the registration of the Public Securities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (“Act”), which registration statement and amendment or amendments have been prepared by the Company in conformity with the requirements of the Act, and the rules and regulations (“Regulations”) of the Commission under the Act.  Except as the context may otherwise require, such registration statement, as amended, on file with the Commission at the time the registration statement becomes effective (including the prospectus, financial statements, schedules, exhibits and all other documents filed as a part thereof or incorporated therein and all information deemed to be a part thereof as of such time pursuant to paragraph (b) of Rule 430A of the Regulations), is hereinafter called the “Registration Statement,” and the form of the final prospectus dated the Effective Date included in the Registration Statement (or, if applicable, the form of final prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424 of the Regulations), is hereinafter called the “Prospectus.”  The Registration Statement has been declared effective by the Commission on the date hereof.

 

3



 

2.1.2        Pursuant to the Exchange Act.  The Company has filed with the Commission a Form 8-A (File Number 000-          ) providing for the registration under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (“Exchange Act”), of the Units, the Common Stock and the Warrants.  The registration of the Units, Common Stock and Warrants under the Exchange Act has been declared effective by the Commission on the date hereof.

 

2.2           No Stop Orders, Etc.  Neither the Commission nor, to the best of the Company’s knowledge, any state regulatory authority has issued any order or threatened to issue any order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus or has instituted or, to the best of the Company’s knowledge, threatened to institute any proceedings with respect to such an order.

 

2.3           Disclosures in Registration Statement.

 

2.3.1        10b-5 Representation.  At the time the Registration Statement became effective and at all times subsequent thereto up to the Closing Date and the Option Closing Date, if any, the Registration Statement and the Prospectus does and will contain all material statements that are required to be stated therein in accordance with the Act and the Regulations, and will in all material respects conform to the requirements of the Act and the Regulations; and neither the Registration Statement nor the Prospectus, nor any amendment or supplement thereto, on such dates, does or will contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.  When any Preliminary Prospectus was first filed with the Commission (whether filed as part of the Registration Statement for the registration of the Securities or any amendment thereto or pursuant to Rule 424(a) of the Regulations) and when any amendment thereof or supplement thereto was first filed with the Commission, such Preliminary Prospectus and any amendments thereof and supplements thereto complied or will comply in all material respects with the applicable provisions of the Act and the Regulations and did not and will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.  The representation and warranty made in this Section 2.3.1 does not apply to statements made or statements omitted in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company with respect to the Underwriters by the Representative expressly for use in the Registration Statement or Prospectus or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto.

 

4



 

2.3.2        Disclosure of Agreements.  The agreements and documents described in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus conform to the descriptions thereof contained therein and there are no agreements or other documents required to be described in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or to be filed with the Commission as exhibits to the Registration Statement, that have not been so described or filed.  Each agreement or other instrument (however characterized or described) to which the Company is a party or by which its property or business is or may be bound or affected and (i) that is referred to in the Prospectus, or (ii) is material to the Company’s business, has been duly and validly executed by the Company, is in full force and effect and is enforceable against the Company and, to the Company’s knowledge, the other parties thereto, in accordance with its terms, except (x) as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally, (y) as enforceability of any indemnification or contribution provision may be limited under the Federal and state securities laws, and (z) that the remedy of specific performance and injunctive and other forms of equitable relief may be subject to the equitable defenses and to the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought, and none of such agreements or instruments has been assigned by the Company, and neither the Company nor, to the best of the Company’s knowledge, any other party is in breach or default thereunder and, to the best of the Company’s knowledge, no event has occurred that, with the lapse of time or the giving of notice, or both, would constitute a breach or default thereunder.  To the best of the Company’s knowledge, performance by the Company of the material provisions of such agreements or instruments will not result in a violation of any existing applicable law, rule, regulation, judgment, order or decree of any governmental agency or court, domestic or foreign, having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its assets or businesses, including, without limitation, those relating to environmental laws and regulations.

 

2.3.3        Prior Securities Transactions.  No securities of the Company have been sold by the Company or by or on behalf of, or for the benefit of, any person or persons controlling, controlled by, or under common control with the Company since the Company’s formation, except as disclosed in the Registration Statement.

 

2.3.4        Regulations. The disclosures in the Registration Statement concerning the effects of Federal, State and local regulation on the Company’s business as currently contemplated are correct in all material respects and do not omit to state a material fact.

 

2.4           Changes After Dates in Registration Statement.

 

2.4.1        No Material Adverse Change.  Since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, except as otherwise specifically stated therein, (i) there has been no material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or business prospects of the Company, (ii) there have been no material transactions entered into by the Company, other than as contemplated pursuant to this Agreement, and (iii) no member of the Company’s management has resigned from any position with the Company.

 

2.4.2        Recent Securities Transactions; Etc.  Subsequent to the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, and except as may otherwise be indicated or contemplated herein or therein, the Company has not (i) issued any securities or incurred any liability or obligation, direct or contingent, for borrowed money; or (ii) declared or paid any dividend or made any other distribution on or in respect to its equity securities.

 

2.5           Independent Accountants.  Goldstein Golub Kessler LLP (“GGK”), whose report is filed with the Commission as part of the Registration Statement, are independent accountants as required by the Act and the Regulations.  GGK has not, during the periods covered by the financial statements included in the Prospectus, provided to the Company any non-audit services, as such term is used in Section 10A(g) of the Exchange Act.

 

5



 

2.6           Financial Statements.  The financial statements, including the notes thereto and supporting schedules included in the Registration Statement and Prospectus fairly present the financial position, the results of operations and the cash flows of the Company at the dates and for the periods to which they apply; such financial statements have been prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied throughout the periods involved; and the supporting schedules included in the Registration Statement present fairly the information required to be stated therein.  The Registration Statement discloses all material off-balance sheet transactions, arrangements, obligations (including contingent obligations), and other relationships of the Company with unconsolidated entities or other persons that may have a material current or future effect on the Company’s financial condition, changes in financial condition, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures, capital resources, or significant components of revenues or expenses.

 

2.7           Authorized Capital; Options; Etc.  The Company had at the date or dates indicated in the Prospectus duly authorized, issued and outstanding capitalization as set forth in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus.  Based on the assumptions stated in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, the Company will have on the Closing Date the adjusted stock capitalization set forth therein.  Except as set forth in, or contemplated by the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, on the Effective Date and on the Closing Date, there will be no options, warrants, or other rights to purchase or otherwise acquire any authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock of the Company or any security convertible into shares of Common Stock of the Company, or any contracts or commitments to issue or sell shares of Common Stock or any such options, warrants, rights or convertible securities.

 

2.8           Valid Issuance of Securities; Etc.

 

2.8.1        Outstanding Securities.  All issued and outstanding securities of the Company have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and non-assessable; the holders thereof have no rights of rescission with respect thereto, and are not subject to personal liability by reason of being such holders; and none of such securities were issued in violation of the preemptive rights of any holders of any security of the Company or similar contractual rights granted by the Company.  The authorized Common Stock conforms to all statements relating thereto contained in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus.  The offers and sales of the outstanding Common Stock were at all relevant times either registered under the Act and the applicable state securities or Blue Sky laws or, based in part on the representations and warranties of the purchasers of such shares of Common Stock, exempt from such registration requirements.

 

2.8.2        Securities Sold Pursuant to this Agreement.  The Securities have been duly authorized and, when issued and paid for, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable; the holders thereof are not and will not be subject to personal liability by reason of being such holders; the Securities are not and will not be subject to the preemptive rights of any holders of any security of the Company or similar contractual rights granted by the Company; and all corporate action required to be taken for the authorization, issuance and sale of the Securities has been duly and validly taken.  The Securities conform in all material respects to all statements with respect thereto contained in the Registration Statement.  When issued, the Representative’s Purchase Option, the Representative’s Warrants and the Warrants will constitute valid and binding obligations of the Company to issue and sell, upon exercise thereof and payment of the respective exercise prices therefor, the number and type of securities of the Company called for thereby in accordance with the terms thereof and such Representative’s Purchase Option, the Representative’s Warrants and the Warrants are enforceable against the Company in accordance with their respective terms, except (i) as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally, (ii) as enforceability of any indemnification or contribution provision may be limited under the Federal and state securities laws, and (iii) that the remedy of specific performance and injunctive and other forms of equitable relief may be subject to the equitable defenses and to the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought.

 

6



 

2.9           Registration Rights of Third Parties.  Except as set forth in the Prospectus, no holders of any securities of the Company or any rights exercisable for or convertible or exchangeable into securities of the Company have the right to require the Company to register any such securities of the Company under the Act or to include any such securities in a registration statement to be filed by the Company.

 

2.10         Validity and Binding Effect of Agreements.  This Agreement, the Warrant Agreement (as defined in Section 2.21 hereof), the Trust Agreement, the Services Agreement (as defined in Section 3.7.2 hereof) and the Escrow Agreement (as defined in Section 2.22.2 hereof) have been duly and validly authorized by the Company and constitute, and the Representative’s Purchase Option, has been duly validly authorized by the Company and, when executed and delivered, will constitute the valid and binding agreements of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with their respective terms, except (i) as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally, (ii) as enforceability of any indemnification or contribution provision may be limited under the Federal and state securities laws, and (iii) that the remedy of specific performance and injunctive and other forms of equitable relief may be subject to the equitable defenses and to the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought.

 

2.11         No Conflicts, Etc.  The execution, delivery, and performance by the Company of this Agreement, the Warrant Agreement, the Representative’s Purchase Option, the Trust Agreement, the Services Agreement and the Escrow Agreement, the consummation by the Company of the transactions herein and therein contemplated and the compliance by the Company with the terms hereof and thereof do not and will not, with or without the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both (i) result in a breach of, or conflict with any of the terms and provisions of, or constitute a default under, or result in the creation, modification, termination or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or assets of the Company pursuant to the terms of any agreement or instrument to which the Company is a party except pursuant to the Trust Agreement referred to in Section 2.23 hereof; (ii) result in any violation of the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Company; or (iii) violate any existing applicable law, rule, regulation, judgment, order or decree of any governmental agency or court, domestic or foreign, having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its properties or business.

 

2.12         No Defaults; Violations.  No material default exists in the due performance and observance of any term, covenant or condition of any material license, contract, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, note, loan or credit agreement, or any other agreement or instrument evidencing an obligation for borrowed money, or any other material agreement or instrument to which the Company is a party or by which the Company may be bound or to which any of the properties or assets of the Company is subject. The Company is not in violation of any term or provision of its Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws or in violation of any material franchise, license, permit, applicable law, rule, regulation, judgment or decree of any governmental agency or court, domestic or foreign, having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its properties or businesses.

 

2.13         Corporate Power; Licenses; Consents.

 

2.13.1      Conduct of Business.  The Company has all requisite corporate power and authority, and has all necessary authorizations, approvals, orders, licenses, certificates and permits of and from all governmental regulatory officials and bodies that it needs as of the date hereof to conduct its business purpose as described in the Prospectus.  The disclosures in the Registration Statement concerning the effects of Federal, state and local regulation on this offering and the Company’s business purpose as currently contemplated are correct in all material respects and do not omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

 

7



 

2.13.2      Transactions Contemplated Herein.  The Company has all corporate power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to carry out the provisions and conditions hereof, and all consents, authorizations, approvals and orders required in connection therewith have been obtained.  No consent, authorization or order of, and no filing with, any court, government agency or other body is required for the valid issuance, sale and delivery, of the Securities and the consummation of the transactions and agreements contemplated by this Agreement, the Warrant Agreement, the Representative’s Purchase Option, the Trust Agreement and the Escrow Agreement and as contemplated by the Prospectus, except with respect to applicable Federal and state securities laws.

 

2.14         D&O Questionnaires.  To the best of the Company’s knowledge, all information contained in the questionnaires (“Questionnaires”) completed by each of the Company’s stockholders immediately prior to the Offering (“Existing Stockholders”) and provided to the Underwriters as an exhibit to his or her Insider Letter (as defined in Section 2.22.1) is true and correct and the Company has not become aware of any information which would cause the information disclosed in the questionnaires completed by each Existing Stockholder to become inaccurate or incorrect.

 

2.15         Litigation; Governmental Proceedings.  There is no action, suit, proceeding, inquiry, arbitration, investigation, litigation or governmental proceeding pending or, to the best of the Company’s knowledge, threatened against, or involving the Company or, to the best of the Company’s knowledge, any Existing Stockholder which has not been disclosed, that is required to be disclosed, in the Registration Statement or the Questionnaires.

 

2.16         Good Standing.  The Company has been duly organized and is validly existing as a corporation and is in good standing under the laws of its state of incorporation, and is duly qualified to do business and is in good standing as a foreign corporation in each jurisdiction in which its ownership or lease of property or the conduct of business requires such qualification, except where the failure to qualify would not have a material adverse effect on the assets, business or operations of the Company.

 

2.17         Stop Orders.  The Commission has not issued any order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus or Prospectus or any part thereof and has not threatened to issue any such order.

 

2.18         Transactions Affecting Disclosure to NASD.

 

2.18.1      Finder’s Fees.  Except as described in the Prospectus, there are no claims, payments, arrangements, agreements or understandings relating to the payment of a finder’s, consulting or origination fee by the Company or any Existing Stockholder with respect to the sale of the Securities hereunder or any other arrangements, agreements or understandings of the Company or, to the best of the Company’s knowledge, any Existing Stockholder that may affect the Underwriters’ compensation, as determined by the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (“NASD”).

 

2.18.2      Payments Within Twelve Months.  The Company has not made any direct or indirect payments (in cash, securities or otherwise) (i) to any person, as a finder’s fee, consulting fee or otherwise, in consideration of such person raising capital for the Company or introducing to the Company persons who raised or provided capital to the Company, (ii) to any NASD member or (iii) to any person or entity that has any direct or indirect affiliation or association with any NASD member, within the twelve months prior to the Effective Date, other than payments to the Representative.

 

2.18.3      Use of Proceeds.  None of the net proceeds of the Offering will be paid by the Company to any participating NASD member or its affiliates, except as specifically authorized herein and except as may be paid in connection with a Business Combination as contemplated by the Prospectus.

 

8



 

2.18.4      Insiders’ NASD Affiliation.  Based on questionnaires distributed to such persons, except as set forth on Schedule 2.18.4, no officer, director or any beneficial owner of the Company’s unregistered securities has any direct or indirect affiliation or association with any NASD member.  The Company will advise the Representative and its counsel if it learns that any officer, director or owner of at least 5% of the Company’s outstanding Common Stock is or becomes an affiliate or associated person of an NASD member participating in the offering.

 

2.19         Foreign Corrupt Practices Act.  Neither the Company nor any of the Existing Stockholders or any other person acting on behalf of the Company has, directly or indirectly, given or agreed to give any money, gift or similar benefit (other than legal price concessions to customers in the ordinary course of business) to any customer, supplier, employee or agent of a customer or supplier, or official or employee of any governmental agency or instrumentality of any government (domestic or foreign) or any political party or candidate for office (domestic or foreign) or any political party or candidate for office (domestic or foreign) or other person who was, is, or may be in a position to help or hinder the business of the Company (or assist it in connection with any actual or proposed transaction) that (i) might subject the Company to any damage or penalty in any civil, criminal or governmental litigation or proceeding, (ii) if not given in the past, might have had a material adverse effect on the assets, business or operations of the Company as reflected in any of the financial statements contained in the Prospectus or (iii) if not continued in the future, might adversely affect the assets, business, operations or prospects of the Company.  The Company’s internal accounting controls and procedures are sufficient to cause the Company to comply with the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended.

 

2.20.        Officers’ Certificate.  Any certificate signed by any duly authorized officer of the Company and delivered to you or to your counsel shall be deemed a representation and warranty by the Company to the Underwriters as to the matters covered thereby.

 

2.21         Warrant Agreement.  The Company has entered into a warrant agreement with respect to the Warrants and the Representative’s Warrants with American Stock Transfer & Trust Company substantially in the form annexed as Exhibit 4.5 to the Registration Statement (“Warrant Agreement”).

 

2.22         Agreements With Existing Stockholders.

 

2.22.1      Insider Letters.  The Company has caused to be duly executed legally binding and enforceable agreements (except (i) as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally, (ii) as enforceability of any indemnification, contribution or noncompete provision may be limited under the Federal and state securities laws, and (iii) that the remedy of specific performance and injunctive and other forms of equitable relief may be subject to the equitable defenses and to the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought) annexed as Exhibits 10.4, 10.5, 10.6, 10.7 and 10.8 to the Registration Statement (“Insider Letters”), pursuant to which each of the Existing Stockholders of the Company agree to certain matters, including but not limited to, certain matters described as being agreed to by them under the “Proposed Business” section of the Prospectus.

 

2.22.2      Escrow Agreement.  The Company has caused the Existing Stockholders to enter into an escrow agreement (“Escrow Agreement”) with American Stock Transfer & Trust Company (“Escrow Agent”), substantially in the form annexed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Registration Statement, whereby the Common Stock owned by the Existing Stockholders will be held in escrow by the Escrow Agent, until the third anniversary of the Effective Date.  During such escrow period, the Existing Stockholders shall be prohibited from selling or otherwise transferring such shares (except to spouses and children of Existing Stockholders and trusts established for their benefit and as otherwise set forth in the Escrow Agreement) but will retain the right to vote such shares.  To the Company’s knowledge, the Escrow Agreement is enforceable against each of the Existing Stockholders and will not, with or without the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both, result in a breach of, or conflict with any of the terms and

 

9



 

provisions of, or constitute a default under, any agreement or instrument to which any of the Existing Stockholders is a party.  The Escrow Agreement shall not be amended, modified or otherwise changed without the prior written consent of the Representative.

 

2.23         Investment Management Trust Agreement.  The Company has entered into the Trust Agreement with respect to certain proceeds of the Offering substantially in the form annexed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Registration Statement.

 

2.24         Covenants Not to Compete.  No Existing Stockholder, employee, officer or director of the Company is subject to any noncompetition agreement or non-solicitation agreement with any employer or prior employer which could materially affect his ability to be an Existing Stockholder, employee, officer and/or director of the Company.

 

2.25         Investments.  No more than 45% of the “value” (as defined in Section 2(a)(41) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (“Investment Company Act”)) of the Company’s total assets (exclusive of “Government Securities” (as defined in Section 2(a)(16) of the Investment Company Act)) consist of, and no more than 45% of the Company’s net income after taxes is derived from, securities other than the Government Securities.

 

2.26         Subsidiaries. The Company does not own an interest in any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or other business entity.

 

2.27         Related Party Transactions. There are no business relationships or related party transactions involving the Company or any other person required to be described in the Prospectus that have not been described as required.

 

3.             Covenants of the Company.  The Company covenants and agrees as follows:

 

3.1           Amendments to Registration Statement.  The Company will deliver to the Representative, prior to filing, any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement or Prospectus proposed to be filed after the Effective Date and not file any such amendment or supplement to which the Representative shall reasonably object in writing.

 

3.2           Federal Securities Laws.

 

3.2.1        Compliance.  During the time when a Prospectus is required to be delivered under the Act, the Company will use all reasonable efforts to comply with all requirements imposed upon it by the Act, the Regulations and the Exchange Act and by the regulations under the Exchange Act, as from time to time in force, so far as necessary to permit the continuance of sales of or dealings in the Public Securities in accordance with the provisions hereof and the Prospectus.  If at any time when a Prospectus relating to the Public Securities is required to be delivered under the Act, any event shall have occurred as a result of which, in the opinion of counsel for the Company or counsel for the Underwriters, the Prospectus, as then amended or supplemented, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, or if it is necessary at any time to amend the Prospectus to comply with the Act, the Company will notify the Representative promptly and prepare and file with the Commission, subject to Section 3.1 hereof, an appropriate amendment or supplement in accordance with Section 10 of the Act.

 

3.2.2        Filing of Final Prospectus.  The Company will file the Prospectus (in form and substance satisfactory to the Representative) with the Commission pursuant to the requirements of Rule 424 of the Regulations.

 

10



 

3.2.3        Exchange Act Registration.  The Company will use its best efforts to maintain the registration of the Units, Common Stock and Warrants under the provisions of the Exchange Act (except in connection with a going-private transaction) for a period of five years from the Effective Date, or until the Company is required to be liquidated if earlier, or, in the case of the Warrants, until the Warrants expire and are no longer exercisable. The Company will not deregister the Units under the Exchange Act without the prior written consent of the Representative.

 

3.3           Blue Sky Filing.  The Company will endeavor in good faith, in cooperation with the Representative, at or prior to the time the Registration Statement becomes effective, to qualify the Securities for offering and sale under the securities laws of such jurisdictions as the Representative may reasonably designate, provided that no such qualification shall be required in any jurisdiction where, as a result thereof, the Company would be subject to service of general process or to taxation as a foreign corporation doing business in such jurisdiction.  In each jurisdiction where such qualification shall be effected, the Company will, unless the Representative agrees that such action is not at the time necessary or advisable, use all reasonable efforts to file and make such statements or reports at such times as are or may be required by the laws of such jurisdiction.

 

3.4           Delivery to Underwriters of Prospectuses.  The Company will deliver to each of the several Underwriters, without charge, from time to time during the period when the Prospectus is required to be delivered under the Act or the Exchange Act such number of copies of each Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus as such Underwriters may reasonably request and, as soon as the Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement thereto becomes effective, deliver to you two original executed Registration Statements, including exhibits, and all post-effective amendments thereto and copies of all exhibits filed therewith or incorporated therein by reference and all original executed consents of certified experts.

 

3.5           Effectiveness and Events Requiring Notice to the Representative.  The Company will use its best efforts to cause the Registration Statement to remain effective and will notify the Representative immediately and confirm the notice in writing (i) of the effectiveness of the Registration Statement and any amendment thereto, (ii) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order or of the initiation, or the threatening, of any proceeding for that purpose, (iii) of the issuance by any state securities commission of any proceedings for the suspension of the qualification of the Public Securities for offering or sale in any jurisdiction or of the initiation, or the threatening, of any proceeding for that purpose, (iv) of the mailing and delivery to the Commission for filing of any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement or Prospectus, (v) of the receipt of any comments or request for any additional information from the Commission, and (vi) of the happening of any event during the period described in Section 3.2.3 hereof that, in the judgment of the Company, makes any statement of a material fact made in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus untrue or that requires the making of any changes in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.  If the Commission or any state securities commission shall enter a stop order or suspend such qualification at any time, the Company will make every reasonable effort to obtain promptly the lifting of such order.

 

3.6           Review of Financial Statements.  Until the earlier of five years from the Effective Date, or until such earlier time upon which the Company is required to be liquidated, the Company, at its expense, shall cause its regularly engaged independent registered public accounting firm to review (but not audit) the Company’s financial statements for each of the first three fiscal quarters prior to the announcement of quarterly financial information, the filing of the Company’s Form 10-Q quarterly report and the mailing of quarterly financial information to stockholders.

 

11



 

3.7           Affiliated Transactions.

 

3.7.1        Business Combinations.  The Company will not consummate a Business Combination with any entity which is affiliated with any Existing Stockholder unless the Company obtains an opinion from an independent investment banking firm that is a member of the NASD that the Business Combination is fair to the Company’s stockholders from a financial perspective.

 

3.7.2        Administrative Services.  The Company has entered into an agreement (“Services Agreement”) with Value Investments, LLC (“Affiliate”) substantially in the form annexed as Exhibit 10.9 to the Registration Statement pursuant to which the Affiliate will make available to the Company general and administrative, including office space, utilities, administrative, technology and secretarial services for the Company’s use for up to $7,500 per month.

 

3.7.3        Compensation.  Except as set forth above in this Section 3.7, the Company shall not pay any Existing Stockholder or any of their affiliates any fees or compensation from the Company, for services rendered to the Company prior to, or in connection with, the consummation of a Business Combination; provided that the Existing Stockholders shall be entitled to reimbursement from the Company for their reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with seeking and consummating a Business Combination.

 

3.8           Secondary Market Trading and Standard & Poor’s.  The Company will apply to be included in Standard & Poor’s Daily News and Corporation Records Corporate Descriptions for a period of five years from the consummation of a Business Combination.  Promptly after the consummation of the Offering, the Company shall take such commercially reasonable steps as may be necessary to obtain a secondary market trading exemption for the Company’s securities in the State of California.  The Company shall also take such other action as may be reasonably requested by the Representative to obtain a secondary market trading exemption in such other states as may be requested by the Representative.

 

3.9           Financial Public Relations Firm. Promptly after the execution of a definitive agreement for a Business Combination, the Company shall retain a financial public relations firm reasonably acceptable to Morgan Joseph & Co. for a term to be agreed on by the Company and Morgan Joseph & Co.

 

3.10         Reports to the Representative.

 

3.10.1      Periodic Reports, Etc.  For a period of five years from the Effective Date or until such earlier time upon which the Company is required to be liquidated, the Company will furnish to the Representative (Morgan Joseph & Co., Attn: Mary Lou Malanoski) and its counsel copies of such financial statements and other periodic and special reports as the Company from time to time furnishes generally to holders of any class of its securities, and promptly furnish to the Representative (i) a copy of each periodic report the Company shall be required to file with the Commission, (ii) a copy of every press release and every news item and article with respect to the Company or its affairs which was released by the Company, (iii) a copy of each Form 8-K or Schedules 13D, 13G, 14D-1 or 13E-4 received or prepared by the Company, (iv) five copies of each registration statement filed by the Company with the Commission under the Securities Act, (v) a copy of monthly statements, if any, setting forth such information regarding the Company’s results of operations and financial position (including balance sheet, profit and loss statements and data regarding outstanding purchase orders) as is regularly prepared by management of the Company and (vi) such additional documents and information with respect to the Company and the affairs of any future subsidiaries of the Company as the Representative may from time to time reasonably request.

 

3.10.2      Secondary Market Trading Survey.  Until such time as the Public Securities are listed or quoted, as the case may be, on the New York Stock Exchange, the American Stock Exchange or quoted on the Nasdaq National Market, or until such earlier time upon which the Company is required to be liquidated, the Company shall engage DLA Piper Rudnick Gray Cary US LLP (“DLA Piper”), for a one-time fee of $5,000 payable on the Closing Date, to deliver and update to the Underwriters on a timely

 

12



 

basis, but in any event on the Effective Date and at the beginning of each fiscal quarter, a written report detailing those states in which the Public Securities may be traded in non-issuer transactions under the Blue Sky laws of the fifty States (“Secondary Market Trading Survey”).

 

3.11         Disqualification of Form S-1.  Until the earlier of seven years from the date hereof or until the Warrants have expired and are no longer exercisable, the Company will not take any action or actions which may prevent or disqualify the Company’s use of Form S-1 (or other appropriate form) for the registration of the Warrants and the Representative’s Warrants under the Act (except in connection with a going-private transaction).

 

3.12         Payment of Expenses.

 

3.12.1      General Expenses Related to the Offering. The Company hereby agrees to pay on each of the Closing Date and the Option Closing Date, if any, to the extent not paid at Closing Date, all expenses incident to the performance of the obligations of the Company under this Agreement, including but not limited to (i) the preparation, printing, filing and mailing (including the payment of postage with respect to such mailing) of the Registration Statement, the Preliminary and Final Prospectuses and the printing and mailing of this Agreement and related documents, including the cost of all copies thereof and any amendments thereof or supplements thereto supplied to the Underwriters in quantities as may be required by the Underwriters, (ii) the printing, engraving, issuance and delivery of the Units, the shares of Common Stock and the Warrants included in the Units and the Representative’s Purchase Option, including any transfer or other taxes payable thereon, (iii) the qualification of the Public Securities under state or foreign securities or Blue Sky laws, including the costs of printing and mailing the “Preliminary Blue Sky Memorandum,” and all amendments and supplements thereto, fees and disbursements of DLA Piper retained for such purpose (such fees shall be $35,000 in the aggregate (of which $[                     ] has previously been paid)), and a one-time fee of $5,000 payable to DLA Piper for the preparation of the Secondary Market Trading Survey, (iv) filing fees, costs and expenses (including disbursements for the Representative’s counsel) incurred in registering the Offering with the NASD, (v) fees and disbursements of the transfer and warrant agent, (vi) the Company’s expenses associated with “due diligence” meetings arranged by the Representative, (vii) the preparation, binding and delivery of transaction “bibles,” in form and style reasonably satisfactory to the Representative and transaction lucite cubes or similar commemorative items in a style and quantity as reasonably requested by the Representative and (viii) all other costs and expenses customarily borne by an issuer incident to the performance of its obligations hereunder which are not otherwise specifically provided for in this Section 3.12.1. The Company also agrees that, if requested by the Representative, it will engage and pay up to $5,000 for an investigative search firm of the Representative’s choice to conduct an investigation of the principals of the Company as shall be mutually selected by the Representative and the Company.  The Representative may deduct from the net proceeds of the Offering payable to the Company on the Closing Date, or the Option Closing Date, if any, the expenses set forth in this Agreement to be paid by the Company to the Representative and others.  If the Offering contemplated by this Agreement is not consummated for any reason whatsoever then the Company shall reimburse the Underwriters in full for their out of pocket expenses, including, without limitation, its legal fees (up to a maximum of $50,000) and disbursements and “road show” and due diligence expenses.

 

3.12.2      Expenses Related to Business Combination.  The Company further agrees that, in the event the Representative assists the Company in trying to obtain stockholder approval of a proposed Business Combination, the Company agrees to reimburse the Representative for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses, including, but not limited to, “road-show” and due diligence expenses.

 

3.13         Application of Net Proceeds.  The Company will apply the net proceeds from the Offering received by it in a manner consistent with the application described under the caption “Use of Proceeds” in the Prospectus.

 

13



 

3.14         Delivery of Earnings Statements to Security Holders.  The Company will make generally available to its security holders as soon as practicable, but not later than the first day of the fifteenth full calendar month following the Effective Date, an earnings statement (which need not be certified by independent public or independent certified public accountants unless required by the Act or the Regulations, but which shall satisfy the provisions of Rule 158(a) under Section 11(a) of the Act) covering a period of at least twelve consecutive months beginning after the Effective Date.

 

3.15         Notice to NASD.  In the event any person or entity (regardless of any NASD affiliation or association) is engaged to assist the Company in its search for a merger candidate or to provide any other merger and acquisition services, the Company will provide the following to the NASD and to Morgan Joseph & Co. prior to the consummation of the Business Combination:  (i) complete details of all services and copies of agreements governing such services; and (ii) justification as to why the person or entity providing the merger and acquisition services should not be considered an “underwriter and related person” with respect to the Company’s initial public offering, as such term is defined in Rule 2710 of the NASD’s Conduct Rules.  The Company also agrees that proper disclosure of such arrangement or potential arrangement will be made in the proxy statement which the Company will file for purposes of soliciting stockholder approval for the Business Combination.

 

3.16         Stabilization.  Except with respect to the agreements between the Company and each of Lawrence Chapman, Steven Cox, Eddy Hartstein, Bruce Lederman and Robert Meyers, the forms of which are annexed as Exhibit 10.4, 10.5, 10.6, 10.7 and 10.8 to the Registration Statement, neither the Company, nor, to its knowledge, any of its employees, directors or stockholders (without the consent of the Representative) has taken or will take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that has constituted or that might reasonably be expected to cause or result in, under the Exchange Act, or otherwise, stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Units.

 

3.17         Internal Controls.  The Company will maintain a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurances that: (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization, (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary in order to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and to maintain accountability for assets, (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization, and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences.

 

3.18         Accountants.  Until the earlier of five years from the Effective Date or until such earlier time upon which the Company is required to be liquidated, the Company shall retain GGK or another independent registered public accounting firm reasonably acceptable to the Representative.

 

3.19         Form 8-K.  The Company shall, on the date hereof, retain its independent registered public accounting firm to audit the financial statements of the Company as of the Closing Date (“Audited Financial Statements”) reflecting the receipt by the Company of the proceeds of the initial public offering.  As soon as the Audited Financial Statements become available, the Company shall immediately file a Current Report on Form 8-K with the Commission, which Report shall contain the Company’s Audited Financial Statements.

 

3.20         NASD.  The Company shall advise the NASD if it is aware that any 5% or greater stockholder of the Company becomes an affiliate or associated person of an NASD member participating in the distribution of the Company’s Public Securities.

 

14



 

3.22         Corporate Proceedings.  All corporate proceedings and other legal matters necessary to carry out the provisions of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby shall have been done to the reasonable satisfaction to counsel for the Underwriters.

 

3.23         Investment Company.  The Company shall cause the proceeds of the Offering to be held in the Trust Fund to be invested only in “government securities” with specific maturity dates as set forth in the Trust Agreement and disclosed in the Prospectus.  The Company will otherwise conduct its business in a manner so that it will not become subject to the Investment Company Act.   Furthermore, once the Company consummates a Business Combination, it will be engaged in a business other than that of investing, reinvesting, owning, holding or trading securities.

 

3.24         Business Combination Announcement.  Within five business days following the consummation by the Company of a Business Combination, the Company shall cause an announcement (“Business Combination Announcement”) to be placed, at its cost, in The Wall Street Journal, The New York Times and a third publication to be selected by the Representative announcing the consummation of the Business Combination and indicating that the Representative was the managing underwriter in the Offering. The Company shall supply the Representative with a draft of the Business Combination Announcement and provide the Representative with a reasonable opportunity to comment thereon. The Company will not place the Business Combination Announcement without the final approval of the Representative, which such approval will not be unreasonably withheld.

 

3.25         Colorado Trust Filing.  In the event the Securities are registered in the State of Colorado, the Company will cause a Colorado Form ES to be filed with the Commissioner of the State of Colorado no less than 10 days prior to the distribution of the Trust Fund in connection with a Business Combination and will do all things necessary to comply with Section 11-51-302 and Rule 51-3.4 of the Colorado Securities Act.

 

4              Conditions of Underwriters’ Obligations.  The obligations of the several Underwriters to purchase and pay for the Units, as provided herein, shall be subject to the continuing accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Company as of the date hereof and as of each of the Closing Date and the Option Closing Date, if any, to the accuracy of the statements of officers of the Company made pursuant to the provisions hereof and to the performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder and to the following conditions:

 

4.1           Regulatory Matters.

 

4.1.1        Effectiveness of Registration Statement.  The Registration Statement shall have become effective not later than 5:00 p.m., New York time, on the date of this Agreement or such later date and time as shall be consented to in writing by you, and, at each of the Closing Date and the Option Closing Date, no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement shall have been issued and no proceedings for the purpose shall have been instituted or shall be pending or contemplated by the Commission and any request on the part of the Commission for additional information shall have been complied with to the reasonable satisfaction of DLA Piper, counsel to the Underwriters.

 

4.1.2        NASD Clearance.  By the Effective Date, the Representative shall have received clearance from the NASD as to the amount of compensation allowable or payable to the Underwriters as described in the Registration Statement.

 

4.1.3        No Blue Sky Stop Orders.  No order suspending the sale of the Units in any jurisdiction designated by you pursuant to Section 3.3 hereof shall have been issued on either on the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, and no proceedings for that purpose shall have been instituted or shall be contemplated.

 

15



 

4.2           Company Counsel Matters.

 

4.2.1        Closing Date and Option Closing Date Opinion of Counsel.  On the Closing Date and the Option Closing Date, if any, the Representative shall have received the favorable opinion of EGS, dated the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, as the case may be, addressed to the Representative and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to DLA Piper, confirming as of the Closing Date and, if applicable, the Option Closing Date, that:

 

(i)            The Company has been duly organized and is validly existing as a corporation and is in good standing under the laws of its state of incorporation.  The Company is duly qualified and licensed and in good standing as a foreign corporation in each jurisdiction in which its ownership or leasing of any properties or the character of its operations requires such qualification or licensing, except where the failure to qualify would not have a material adverse effect on the assets, business or operations of the Company.

 

(ii)           All issued and outstanding securities of the Company have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and non-assessable; the holders thereof are not subject to personal liability by reason of being such holders; and none of such securities were issued in violation of the preemptive rights of any stockholder of the Company arising by operation of law or under the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Company.  The offers and sales of the outstanding Common Stock were at all relevant times either registered under the Act or exempt from such registration requirements.  The authorized and, to such counsel’s knowledge, outstanding capital stock of the Company is as set forth in the Prospectus.

 

(iii)          The Securities have been duly authorized and, when issued and paid for, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable; the holders thereof are not and will not be subject to personal liability by reason of being such holders.  The Securities are not and will not be subject to the preemptive rights of any holders of any security of the Company arising by operation of law or under the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Company.  When issued, the Representative’s Purchase Option, the Representative’s Warrants and the Warrants will constitute valid and binding obligations of the Company to issue and sell, upon exercise thereof and payment therefor, the number and type of securities of the Company called for thereby and such Warrants, the Representative’s Purchase Option, and the Representative’s Warrants, when issued, in each case, are enforceable against the Company in accordance with their respective terms, except (a) as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally, (b) as enforceability of any indemnification or contribution provision may be limited under the Federal and state securities laws, and (c) that the remedy of specific performance and injunctive and other forms of equitable relief may be subject to the equitable defenses and to the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought.  The certificates representing the Securities are in due and proper form.

 

(iv)          This Agreement, the Warrant Agreement, the Services Agreement, the Trust Agreement and the Escrow Agreement have each been duly and validly authorized and, when executed and delivered by the Company, constitute, and the Representative’s Purchase Option has been duly and validly authorized by the Company and, when executed and delivered, will constitute, the valid and binding obligations of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with their respective terms, except (a) as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally, (b) as enforceability of any indemnification or contribution provisions may be limited under the Federal and state securities laws, and (c) that the remedy of specific performance and injunctive and other forms of equitable relief may be subject to the equitable defenses and to the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought.

 

16



 

(v)           The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, the Warrant Agreement, the Representative’s Purchase Option, the Escrow Agreement, the Trust Agreement and the Services Agreement and compliance by the Company with the terms and provisions thereof and the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby, and the issuance and sale of the Securities, do not and will not, with or without the giving of notice or the lapse of time, or both, (a) to such counsel’s knowledge, conflict with, or result in a breach of, any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, or result in the creation or modification of any lien, security interest, charge or encumbrance upon any of the properties or assets of the Company pursuant to the terms of, any mortgage, deed of trust, note, indenture, loan, contract, commitment or other agreement or instrument filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, (b) result in any violation of the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Company, or (c) to such counsel’s knowledge, violate any United States statute or any judgment, order or decree, rule or regulation applicable to the Company of any court, United States Federal, state or other regulatory authority or other governmental body having jurisdiction over the Company, its properties or assets.

 

(vi)          The Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus and any post-effective amendments or supplements thereto (other than the financial statements included therein, as to which no opinion need be rendered) each as of their respective dates appeared on their face to comply as to form in all material respects with the requirements of the Act and Regulations.  The Securities and all other securities issued or issuable by the Company conform in all material respects to the description thereof contained in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus.  The descriptions in the Registration Statement and in the Prospectus, insofar as such statements constitute a summary of statutes, legal matters, contracts, documents or proceedings referred to therein, fairly present in all material respects the information required to be shown with respect to such statutes, legal matters, contracts, documents and proceedings, and such counsel does not know of any statutes or legal or governmental proceedings required to be described in the Prospectus that are not described in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or included as exhibits to the Registration Statement that are not described or included as required.

 

(vii)         The Registration Statement is effective under the Act.  To such counsel’s knowledge, no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement has been issued and no proceedings for that purpose have been instituted or are pending or threatened under the Act or applicable state securities laws.

 

(viii)        To such counsel’s knowledge, there is no action, suit or proceeding before or by any court of governmental agency or body, domestic or foreign, now pending, or threatened against the Company that is required to be described in the Registration Statement.

 

The opinion of counsel shall further include a statement to the effect that such counsel has participated in conferences with officers and other representatives of the Company, the Underwriters and the independent registered public accounting firm of the Company, at which conferences the contents of the Registration Statement and the Prospectus contained therein and related matters were discussed and, although such counsel is not passing upon and does not assume any responsibility for the accuracy, completeness or fairness of the statements contained in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus contained therein (except as otherwise set forth in the foregoing opinion), solely on the basis of the foregoing without independent check and verification, no facts have come to the attention of such counsel which lead them to believe that the Registration Statement or any amendment thereto, at the time the Registration Statement or amendment became effective, contained an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, at the time they were filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) or at the date of such counsel’s opinion, contained an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statement therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading (except that

 

17



 

such counsel need express no opinion with respect to the financial information and statistical data and information included in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus).

 

4.2.2        Reliance.  In rendering such opinion, such counsel may rely (i) as to matters involving the application of laws other than the laws of the United States and jurisdictions in which they are admitted, to the extent such counsel deems proper and to the extent specified in such opinion, if at all, upon an opinion or opinions (in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to DLA Piper) of other counsel reasonably acceptable to DLA Piper, familiar with the applicable laws, and (ii) as to matters of fact, to the extent they deem proper, on certificates or other written statements of officers of the Company and officers of departments of various jurisdictions having custody of documents respecting the corporate existence or good standing of the Company, provided that copies of any such statements or certificates shall be delivered to the Underwriters’ counsel if requested.  The opinion of counsel for the Company and any opinion relied upon by such counsel for the Company shall include a statement to the effect that it may be relied upon by counsel for the Underwriters in its opinion delivered to the Underwriters.

 

4.3           Cold Comfort Letter.  At the time this Agreement is executed, and at each of the Closing Date and the Option Closing Date, if any, you shall have received a letter, addressed to the Representative and in form and substance satisfactory in all respects (including the non-material nature of the changes or decreases, if any, referred to in clause (iii) below) to you and to DLA Piper from GGK dated, respectively, as of the date of this Agreement and as of the Closing Date and the Option Closing Date, if any:

 

(i)            Confirming that they are independent accountants with respect to the Company within the meaning of the Act and the applicable Regulations and that they have not, during the periods covered by the financial statements included in the Prospectus, provided to the Company any non-audit services, as such term is used in Section 10A(g) of the Exchange Act;

 

(ii)           Stating that in their opinion the financial statements of the Company included in the Registration Statement and Prospectus comply as to form in all material respects with the applicable accounting requirements of the Act and the published Regulations thereunder;

 

(iii)          Stating that, on the basis of a limited review which included a reading of the latest available unaudited interim financial statements of the Company (with an indication of the date of the latest available unaudited interim financial statements), a reading of the latest available minutes of the stockholders and board of directors and the various committees of the board of directors, consultations with officers and other employees of the Company responsible for financial and accounting matters and other specified procedures and inquiries, nothing has come to their attention which would lead them to believe that (a) the unaudited financial statements of the Company included in the Registration Statement do not comply as to form in all material respects with the applicable accounting requirements of the Act and the Regulations or are not fairly presented in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles applied on a basis substantially consistent with that of the audited financial statements of the Company included in the Registration Statement, (b) at a date not later than five days prior to the Effective Date, Closing Date or Option Closing Date, as the case may be, there was any change in the capital stock or long-term debt of the Company, or any decrease in the stockholders’ equity of the Company as compared with amounts shown in the December 6, 2005 balance sheet included in the Registration Statement, other than as set forth in or contemplated by the Registration Statement, or, if there was any decrease, setting forth the amount of such decrease, and (c) during the period from December 6, 2005 to a specified date not later than five days prior to the Effective Date, Closing Date or Option Closing Date, as the case may be, there was any decrease in revenues, net earnings or net earnings per share of Common Stock, in each case as compared with the corresponding period in the preceding year and as compared with the corresponding period in the preceding quarter, other than as set forth in or contemplated by the Registration Statement, or, if there was any such decrease, setting forth the amount of such decrease;

 

18



 

(iv)          Setting forth, at a date not later than five days prior to the Effective Date, the amount of liabilities of the Company (including a break-down of commercial papers and notes payable to banks);

 

(v)           Stating that they have compared specific dollar amounts, numbers of shares, percentages of revenues and earnings, statements and other financial information pertaining to the Company set forth in the Prospectus in each case to the extent that such amounts, numbers, percentages, statements and information may be derived from the general accounting records, including work sheets, of the Company and excluding any questions requiring an interpretation by legal counsel, with the results obtained from the application of specified readings, inquiries and other appropriate procedures (which procedures do not constitute an examination in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards) set forth in the letter and found them to be in agreement;

 

(vi)          Stating that they have not during the immediately preceding five year period brought to the attention of the Company’s management any reportable condition related to internal structure, design or operation as defined in the Statement on Auditing Standards No. 60 “Communication of Internal Control Structure Related Matters Noted in an Audit,” in the Company’s internal controls; and

 

(vii)         Statements as to such other matters incident to the transaction contemplated hereby as you may reasonably request.

 

4.4           Officers’ Certificates.

 

4.4.1        Officers’ Certificate.  At each of the Closing Date and the Option Closing Date, if any, the Representative shall have received a certificate of the Company signed by the Chairman of the Board or the President and the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the Company (in their capacities as such), dated the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, as the case may be, respectively, to the effect that the Company has performed all covenants and complied with all conditions required by this Agreement to be performed or complied with by the Company prior to and as of the Closing Date, or the Option Closing Date, as the case may be, and that the conditions set forth in Section 4.5 hereof have been satisfied as of such date and that, as of Closing Date and the Option Closing Date, as the case may be, the representations and warranties of the Company set forth in Section 2 hereof are true and correct.  In addition, the Representative will have received such other and further certificates of officers of the Company (in their capacities as such) as the Representative may reasonably request.

 

4.4.2        Secretary’s Certificate.  At each of the Closing Date and the Option Date, if any, the Representative shall have received a certificate of the Company signed by the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the Company, dated the Closing Date or the Option Date, as the case may be, respectively, certifying (i) that the Bylaws and Certificate of Incorporation of the Company are true and complete, have not been modified and are in full force and effect, (ii) that the resolutions relating to the public offering contemplated by this Agreement are in full force and effect and have not been modified, (iii) all correspondence between the Company or its counsel and the Commission, and (iv) as to the incumbency of the officers of the Company.  The documents referred to in such certificate shall be attached to such certificate.

 

4.5           No Material Changes.  Prior to and on each of the Closing Date and the Option Closing Date, if any, (i) there shall have been no material adverse change or development involving a prospective material adverse change in the condition or prospects or the business activities, financial or otherwise, of the Company from the latest dates as of which such condition is set forth in the Registration Statement and Prospectus, (ii) no action suit or proceeding, at law or in equity, shall have been pending or threatened against the Company or any Existing Stockholder before or by any court or Federal or state commission, board or other administrative agency wherein an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding may

 

19



 

materially adversely affect the business, operations, prospects or financial condition or income of the Company, except as set forth in the Registration Statement and Prospectus, (iii) no stop order shall have been issued under the Act and no proceedings therefor shall have been initiated or threatened by the Commission, and (iv) the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto shall contain all material statements which are required to be stated therein in accordance with the Act and the Regulations and shall conform in all material respects to the requirements of the Act and the Regulations, and neither the Registration Statement nor the Prospectus nor any amendment or supplement thereto shall contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

 

4.6           Delivery of Agreements.

 

4.6.1        Effective Date Deliveries.  On the Effective Date, the Company shall have delivered to the Representative executed copies of the Escrow Agreement, the Trust Agreement, the Warrant Agreement, the Services Agreement and all of the Insider Letters.

 

4.6.2        Closing Date Deliveries.  On the Closing Date, the Company shall have delivered to the Representative executed copies of the Representative’s Purchase Option.

 

4.7           Opinion of Counsel for the Underwriters.  All proceedings taken in connection with the authorization, issuance or sale of the Securities as herein contemplated shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to you and to DLA Piper and you shall have received from such counsel a favorable opinion, dated the Closing Date and the Option Closing Date, if any, with respect to such of these proceedings as you may reasonably require.  On or prior to the Effective Date, the Closing Date and the Option Closing Date, as the case may be, counsel for the Underwriters shall have been furnished such documents, certificates and opinions as they may reasonably require for the purpose of enabling them to review or pass upon the matters referred to in this Section 4.7, or in order to evidence the accuracy, completeness or satisfaction of any of the representations, warranties or conditions herein contained.

 

4.8           Secondary Market Trading Survey.  On the Closing Date, the Representative shall have received the Secondary Market Trading Survey from DLA Piper.

 

5              Indemnification.

 

5.1           Indemnification of Underwriters.

 

5.1.1        General.  Subject to the conditions set forth below, the Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each of the Underwriters, and each dealer selected by you that participates in the offer and sale of the Securities (each a “Selected Dealer”) and each of their respective directors, officers and employees and each person, if any, who controls any such Underwriter (“controlling person”) within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act, against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense whatsoever (including but not limited to any and all legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever, whether arising out of any action between any of the Underwriters and the Company or between any of the Underwriters and any third party or otherwise) to which they or any of them may become subject under the Act, the Exchange Act or any other statute or at common law or otherwise or under the laws of foreign countries, arising out of or based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in (i) any Preliminary Prospectus, the Registration Statement or the Prospectus (as from time to time each may be amended and supplemented); or (ii) in any post-effective amendment or amendments or any new registration statement and prospectus in which is included securities of the Company issued or issuable upon exercise of the Representative’s

 

20



 

Purchase Option; or (iii) any application or other document or written communication (in this Section 5, collectively called “application”) executed by the Company or based upon written information furnished by the Company in any jurisdiction in order to qualify the Securities under the securities laws thereof or filed with the Commission, any state securities commission or agency, Nasdaq or any securities exchange; or the omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, unless such statement or omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company with respect to an Underwriter by or on behalf of such Underwriter expressly for use in any Preliminary Prospectus, the Registration Statement or Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereof, or in any application, as the case may be.  With respect to any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in the Preliminary Prospectus, the indemnity agreement contained in this paragraph shall not inure to the benefit of any Underwriter to the extent that any loss, liability, claim, damage or expense of such Underwriter results from the fact that a copy of the Prospectus was not given or sent to the person asserting any such loss, liability, claim or damage at or prior to the written confirmation of sale of the Securities to such person as required by the Act and the Regulations, and if the untrue statement or omission has been corrected in the Prospectus, unless such failure to deliver the Prospectus was a result of non-compliance by the Company with its obligations under Section 3.4 hereof.  The Company agrees promptly to notify the Representative of the commencement of any litigation or proceedings against the Company or any of its officers, directors or controlling persons in connection with the issue and sale of the Securities or in connection with the Registration Statement or Prospectus.

 

5.1.2        Procedure.  If any action is brought against an Underwriter, a Selected Dealer or a controlling person in respect of which indemnity may be sought against the Company pursuant to Section 5.1.1, such Underwriter or Selected Dealer shall promptly notify the Company in writing of the institution of such action and the Company shall assume the defense of such action, including the employment and fees of counsel (subject to the reasonable approval of such Underwriter or Selected Dealer, as the case may be) and payment of actual expenses.  Such Underwriter, Selected Dealer or controlling person shall have the right to employ its or their own counsel in any such case, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Underwriter, Selected Dealer or controlling person unless (i) the employment of such counsel at the expense of the Company shall have been authorized in writing by the Company in connection with the defense of such action, or (ii) the Company shall not have employed counsel to have charge of the defense of such action, or (iii) such indemnified party or parties shall have reasonably concluded that there may be defenses available to it or them which are different from or additional to those available to the Company (in which case the Company shall not have the right to direct the defense of such action on behalf of the indemnified party or parties), in any of which events the reasonable fees and expenses of not more than one additional firm of attorneys selected by the Underwriter, Selected Dealer and/or controlling person shall be borne by the Company.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if the Company shall assume the defense of such action as provided above, the Underwriter, Selected Dealer or controlling person shall have the right to approve the terms of any settlement of such action which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

5.2           Indemnification of the Company.  Each Underwriter, severally and not jointly, agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its directors, officers and employees and agents who control the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense described in the foregoing indemnity from the Company to the several Underwriters, as incurred, but only with respect to untrue statements or omissions, or alleged untrue statements or omissions made in any Preliminary Prospectus, the Registration Statement, Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto or in any application, in reliance upon, and in strict conformity with, written information furnished to the Company with respect to such Underwriter by or on behalf of the Underwriter expressly for use in such Preliminary Prospectus, the Registration Statement, Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto or in any such application.  In case any action shall be brought against the Company or any other person so indemnified based on any Preliminary Prospectus,

 

21



 

the Registration Statement, Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto or any application, and in respect of which indemnity may be sought against any Underwriter, such Underwriter shall have the rights and duties given to the Company, and the Company and each other person so indemnified shall have the rights and duties given to the several Underwriters by the provisions of Section 5.1.2.

 

5.3           Contribution.

 

5.3.1        Contribution Rights.  In order to provide for just and equitable contribution under the Act in any case in which (i) any person entitled to indemnification under this Section 5 makes claim for indemnification pursuant hereto but it is judicially determined (by the entry of a final judgment or decree by a court of competent jurisdiction and the expiration of time to appeal or the denial of the last right of appeal) that such indemnification may not be enforced in such case notwithstanding the fact that this Section 5 provides for indemnification in such case, or (ii) contribution under the Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise may be required on the part of any such person in circumstances for which indemnification is provided under this Section 5, then, and in each such case, the Company and the Underwriters shall contribute to the aggregate losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses of the nature contemplated by said indemnity agreement incurred by the Company and the Underwriters, as incurred, in such proportions that the Underwriters are responsible for that portion represented by the percentage that the underwriting discount appearing on the cover page of the Prospectus bears to the initial offering price appearing thereon and the Company is responsible for the balance; provided, that, no person guilty of a fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. If the allocation provided by the immediately preceding sentence is unavailable for any reason, the Company and the Underwriters shall contribute in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the Company and the Underwriters in connection with the actions or omissions which resulted in such loss, claim, damage, liability or action, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations.  The relative fault of the Company and the Underwriters shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company or the Underwriters and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 5.3.1, no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Public Securities underwritten by it and distributed to the public were offered to the public exceeds the amount of any damages that such Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay in respect of such losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses.  For purposes of this Section, each director, officer and employee of an Underwriter or the Company, as applicable, and each person, if any, who controls an Underwriter or the Company, as applicable, within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act shall have the same rights to contribution as the Underwriters or the Company, as applicable.

 

5.3.2        Contribution Procedure.  Within fifteen days after receipt by any party to this Agreement (or its representative) of notice of the commencement of any action, suit or proceeding, such party will, if a claim for contribution in respect thereof is to be made against another party (“contributing party”), notify the contributing party of the commencement thereof, but the omission to so notify the contributing party will not relieve it from any liability which it may have to any other party other than for contribution hereunder.  In case any such action, suit or proceeding is brought against any party, and such party notifies a contributing party or its representative of the commencement thereof within the aforesaid fifteen days, the contributing party will be entitled to participate therein with the notifying party and any other contributing party similarly notified.  Any such contributing party shall not be liable to any party seeking contribution on account of any settlement of any claim, action or proceeding effected by such party seeking contribution on account of any settlement of any claim, action or proceeding effected by such party seeking contribution without the written consent of such contributing party.  The contribution provisions contained in this Section are intended to supersede, to the extent permitted by law, any right to

 

22



 

contribution under the Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise available.  The Underwriters’ obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 5.3 are several and not joint.

 

6              Default by an Underwriter.

 

6.1           Default Not Exceeding 10% of Firm Units or Option Units.  If any Underwriter or Underwriters shall default in its or their obligations to purchase the Firm Units or the Option Units, if the Over-Allotment option is exercised, hereunder, and if the number of the Firm Units or Option Units with respect to which such default relates does not exceed in the aggregate 10% of the number of Firm Units or Option Units that all Underwriters have agreed to purchase hereunder, then such Firm Units or Option Units to which the default relates shall be purchased by the non-defaulting Underwriters in proportion to their respective commitments hereunder.

 

6.2           Default Exceeding 10% of Firm Units or Option Units.  In the event that the default addressed in Section 6.1 above relates to more than 10% of the Firm Units or Option Units, you may in your discretion arrange for yourself or for another party or parties to purchase such Firm Units or Option Units to which such default relates on the terms contained herein.  If within one business day after such default relating to more than 10% of the Firm Units or Option Units you do not arrange for the purchase of such Firm Units or Option Units, then the Company shall be entitled to a further period of one business day within which to procure another party or parties satisfactory to you to purchase said Firm Units or Option Units on such terms.  In the event that neither you nor the Company arrange for the purchase of the Firm Units or Option Units to which a default relates as provided in this Section 6, this Agreement will be terminated by you or the Company without liability on the part of the Company (except as provided in Sections 3.12 and 5 hereof) or the several Underwriters (except as provided in Section 5 hereof); provided, however, that if such default occurs with respect to the Option Units, this Agreement will not terminate as to the Firm Units; and provided further that nothing herein shall relieve a defaulting Underwriter of its liability, if any, to the other several Underwriters and to the Company for damages occasioned by its default hereunder.

 

6.3           Postponement of Closing Date.  In the event that the Firm Units or Option Units to which the default relates are to be purchased by the non-defaulting Underwriters, or are to be purchased by another party or parties as aforesaid, you or the Company shall have the right to postpone the Closing Date or Option Closing Date for a reasonable period, but not in any event exceeding five business days, in order to effect whatever changes may thereby be made necessary in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or in any other documents and arrangements, and the Company agrees to file promptly any amendment to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus that in the opinion of counsel for the Underwriters may thereby be made necessary. The term “Underwriter” as used in this Agreement shall include any party substituted under this Section 6 with like effect as if it had originally been a party to this Agreement with respect to such Securities.

 

7              Right to Appoint Observer.  Until the consummation of a Business Combination, upon notice from Morgan Joseph & Co. to the Company, Morgan Joseph & Co. shall have the right to send a representative (who need not be the same individual from meeting to meeting) to observe each meeting of the Board of Directors of the Company; provided that such representative shall sign a Regulation FD compliant confidentiality agreement which is reasonably acceptable to Morgan Joseph & Co. and its counsel in connection with such representative’s attendance at meetings of the Board of Directors; and provided further that upon written notice to Morgan Joseph & Co., the Company may exclude the representative from meetings where, in the written opinion of counsel for the Company, the representative’s presence would destroy the attorney-client privilege.  The Company agrees to give Morgan Joseph & Co. written notice of each such meeting and to provide Morgan Joseph & Co. with an agenda and minutes of the meeting no later than it gives such notice and provides such items to the other directors and to reimburse the representative of Morgan Joseph & Co. for their reasonable out-of-pocket

 

23



 

expenses incurred in connection with their attendance at the meeting, including but not limited to, food, lodging and transportation.

 

8              Additional Covenants.

 

8.1           Additional Shares or Options.  The Company hereby agrees that until the consummation of a Business Combination, it shall not issue any shares of Common Stock or any options or other securities convertible into Common Stock, or any shares of Preferred Stock which participate in any manner in the Trust Fund or which vote as a class with the Common Stock on a Business Combination.

 

8.2           Trust Fund Waiver Acknowledgment.  The Company hereby agrees that it will use its reasonable best efforts prior to commencing its due diligence investigation of any operating business which the Company seeks to acquire (“Target Business”) or obtaining the services of any vendor to cause such Target Business or vendor to acknowledge in writing, whether through a letter of intent, memorandum of understanding or other similar document (and subsequently acknowledges the same in any definitive document replacing any of the foregoing), that (a) it has read the Prospectus and understands that the Company has established the Trust Fund, initially in an amount of $54,400,000 for the benefit of the public stockholders and that the Company may disburse monies from the Trust Fund only (i) to the public stockholders in the event they elect to convert their IPO Shares (as defined below in Section 8.6), (ii) to the public stockholders upon the liquidation of the Company if the Company fails to consummate a Business Combination or (iii) after or concurrently with the consummation of a Business Combination and (b) for and in consideration of the Company (i) agreeing to evaluate such Target Business for purposes of consummating a Business Combination with it or (ii) agreeing to engage the services of the vendor, as the case may be, such Target Business or vendor agrees that it does not have any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies in the Trust Fund (“Claim”) and waives any Claim it may have in the future as a result of, or arising out of, any negotiations, contracts or agreements with the Company and will not seek recourse against the Trust Fund for any reason whatsoever.

 

8.3           Insider Letters.  The Company shall not take any action or omit to take any action which would cause a breach of any of the Insider Letters executed between each Existing Stockholder and Morgan Joseph & Co. and will not allow any amendments to, or waivers of, such Insider Letters without the prior written consent of the Representative.

 

8.4           Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws.  The Company shall not take any action or omit to take any action that would cause the Company to be in breach or violation of its Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws.  Prior to the consummation of a Business Combination, the Company will not amend its Certificate of Incorporation without the prior written consent of the Representative.

 

8.5           Blue Sky Requirements.  The Company shall provide counsel to the Representative with ten copies of all proxy information and all related material filed with the Commission in connection with a Business Combination concurrently with such filing with the Commission.  In addition, the Company shall furnish any other state in which its initial public offering was registered, such information as may be requested by such state.

 

8.6           Acquisition/Liquidation Procedure.  The Company agrees: (i) that, prior to the consummation of any Business Combination, it will submit such transaction to the Company’s stockholders for their approval (“Business Combination Vote”) even if the nature of the acquisition is such as would not ordinarily require stockholder approval under applicable state law; and (ii) that, in the event that the Company does not effect a Business Combination within 18 months from the consummation of this Offering (subject to extension for an additional six-month period, as described in the Prospectus), the Company will be liquidated and will distribute to all holders of IPO Shares (defined below) an aggregate sum equal to the Company’s “Liquidation Value.”  The Company’s “Liquidation Value” shall mean the Company’s book value, as determined by the Company and approved by GGK. In

 

24



 

no event, however, will the Company’s Liquidation Value be less than the Trust Fund, inclusive of any net interest income thereon.  Only holders of IPO Shares shall be entitled to receive liquidating distributions and the Company shall pay no liquidating distributions with respect to any other shares of capital stock of the Company.  With respect to the Business Combination Vote, the Company shall cause all of the Existing Stockholders to vote the shares of Common Stock owned by them immediately prior to this Offering in accordance with the vote of the holders of a majority of the IPO Shares present, in person or by proxy, at a meeting of the Company’s stockholders called for such purpose. At the time the Company seeks approval of any potential Business Combination, the Company will offer each holder of the Company’s Common Stock issued in this Offering (“IPO Shares”) the right to convert their IPO Shares at a per share price (“Conversion Price”) equal to the amount in the Trust Fund (inclusive of any interest income therein) calculated as of two business days prior to the consummation of the proposed Business Combination divided by the total number of IPO Shares.  If holders of less than 20% in interest of the Company’s IPO Shares elect to convert their IPO Shares, the Company may, but will not be required to, proceed with such Business Combination. If the Company elects to so proceed, it will convert shares, based upon the Conversion Price, from those holders of IPO Shares who affirmatively requested such conversion and who voted against the Business Combination.  If holders of 20% or more in interest of the IPO Shares, who vote against approval of any potential Business Combination, elect to convert their IPO Shares, the Company will not proceed with such Business Combination and will not convert such shares.

 

8.7           Rule 419. The Company agrees that it will use its best efforts to prevent the Company from becoming subject to Rule 419 under the Act prior to the consummation of any Business Combination, including but not limited to using its best efforts to prevent any of the Company’s outstanding securities from being deemed to be a “penny stock” as defined in Rule 3a-51-1 under the Exchange Act during such period.

 

8.8           Affiliated Transactions.  The Company shall cause each of the Existing Stockholders to agree that, in order to minimize potential conflicts of interest which may arise from multiple affiliations, the Existing Stockholders will present to the Company for its consideration, prior to presentation to any other person or company, any suitable opportunity to acquire an operating business, until the earlier of the consummation by the Company of a Business Combination, the liquidation of the Company or until such time as the Existing Stockholders cease to be an officer or director of the Company, subject to any pre-existing fiduciary or contractual obligations the Existing Stockholders might have.

 

8.9           Target Net Assets.  The Company agrees that the initial Target Business that it acquires must have a fair market value equal to at least 80% of the Company’s net assets (all of the Company’s assets, including the funds held in the Trust Fund, less the Company’s liabilities) at the time of such acquisition. The fair market value of such business must be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company based upon standards generally accepted by the financial community, such as actual and potential sales, earnings and cash flow and book value.  If the Board of Directors of the Company is not able to independently determine that the target business has a fair market value of at least 80% of the Company’s net assets at the time of such acquisition, the Company will obtain an opinion from an unaffiliated, independent investment banking firm which is a member of the NASD with respect to the satisfaction of such criteria.  The Company is not required to obtain an opinion from an investment banking firm as to the fair market value if the Company’s Board of Directors independently determines that the Target Business does have sufficient fair market value.

 

25



 

9              Representations and Agreements to Survive Delivery.  Except as the context otherwise requires, all representations, warranties and agreements contained in this Agreement shall be deemed to be representations, warranties and agreements as of the Closing Dates and such representations, warranties and agreements of the Underwriters and the Company, including the indemnity agreements contained in Section 5 hereof, shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of any Underwriter, the Company or any controlling person, and shall survive termination of this Agreement or the issuance and delivery of the Securities to the several Underwriters until the earlier of the expiration of any applicable statute of limitations and the seventh anniversary of the later of the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, if any, at which time the representations, warranties and agreements shall terminate and be of no further force and effect.

 

10            Effective Date of This Agreement and Termination Thereof.

 

10.1         Effective Date.  This Agreement shall become effective on the Effective Date at the time the Registration Statement is declared effective by the Commission.

 

10.2         Termination.  You shall have the right to terminate this Agreement at any time prior to the Closing Date, (i) if any domestic or international event or act or occurrence has materially disrupted, or in your opinion will in the immediate future materially disrupt, general securities markets in the United States; or (ii) if trading on the New York Stock Exchange, the American Stock Exchange, the Boston Stock Exchange or on the NASD OTC Bulletin Board (or successor trading market) shall have been suspended, or minimum or maximum prices for trading shall have been fixed, or maximum ranges for prices for securities shall have been fixed, or maximum ranges for prices for securities shall have been required on the NASD OTC Bulletin Board or by order of the Commission or any other government authority having jurisdiction, or (iii) if the United States shall have become involved in a new war or an increase in major hostilities, or (iv) if a banking moratorium has been declared by a New York State or Federal authority, or (v) if a moratorium on foreign exchange trading has been declared which materially adversely impacts the United States securities market, or (vi) if the Company shall have sustained a material loss by fire,  flood, accident, hurricane, earthquake, theft, sabotage or other calamity or malicious act which, whether or not such loss shall have been insured, will, in your opinion, make it inadvisable to proceed with the delivery of the Units, or (vii) if any of the Company’s representations, warranties or covenants hereunder are breached, or (viii) if the Representative shall have become aware after the date hereof of such a material adverse change in the conditions or prospects of the Company, or such adverse material change in general market conditions, including without limitation as a result of terrorist activities after the date hereof, as in the Representative’s judgment would make it impracticable to proceed with the offering, sale and/or delivery of the Units or to enforce contracts made by the Underwriters for the sale of the Securities.

 

10.3         Expenses.  In the event that this Agreement shall not be carried out for any reason whatsoever, within the time specified herein or any extensions thereof pursuant to the terms herein, the obligations of the Company to pay the out of pocket expenses related to the transactions contemplated herein shall be governed by Section 3.12 hereof.

 

10.4         Indemnification.  Notwithstanding any contrary provision contained in this Agreement, any election hereunder or any termination of this Agreement, and whether or not this Agreement is otherwise carried out, the provisions of Section 5 shall not be in any way effected by, such election or termination or failure to carry out the terms of this Agreement or any part hereof.

 

11.           Miscellaneous.

 

11.1         Notices.  All communications hereunder, except as herein otherwise specifically provided, shall be in writing and shall be mailed, delivered or telecopied and confirmed and shall be deemed given when so delivered or telecopied and confirmed or if mailed, two days after such mailing

 

26



 

If to the Representative:

 

Morgan Joseph & Co. Inc.

600 Fifth Avenue

19th Floor

New York, New York 10020

Attn:       Mary Lou Malanoski

Facsimile: (212) 218-3718

 

   Copy to:

 

DLA Piper Rudnick Gray Cary US LLP

1251 Avenue of the Americas

New York, New York 10020

Attn:       Jonathan Klein, Esq.

Facsimile: (212) 835-6001

 

If to the Company:

 

HD Partners Acquisition Corporation

2601 Ocean Park Boulevard, Suite 320

Santa Monica, CA 90405

Attn:       President

Facsimile: (310) 399-7303

 

   Copy to:

 

Ellenoff Grossman & Schole LLP

370 Lexington Avenue

New York, NY 10017

Attn:       Douglas S. Ellenoff, Esq.

Facsimile: (212) 370-7889

 

11.2         Headings.  The headings contained herein are for the sole purpose of convenience of reference, and shall not in any way limit or affect the meaning or interpretation of any of the terms or provisions of this Agreement.

 

11.3         Amendment.  This Agreement may only be amended by a written instrument executed by each of the parties hereto.

 

11.4         Entire Agreement.  This Agreement (together with the other agreements and documents being delivered pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement) constitute the entire agreement of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof, and supersede all prior agreements and understandings of the parties, oral and written, with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

11.5         Binding Effect.  This Agreement shall inure solely to the benefit of and shall be binding upon the Representative, the Underwriters, the Company and the controlling persons, directors and officers referred to in Section 5 hereof, and their respective successors, legal representatives and assigns, and no other person shall have or be construed to have any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of or by virtue of this Agreement or any provisions herein contained.

 

27



 

11.6         Governing Law.  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to conflicts of law principles that would result in the application of the substantive laws of another jurisdiction.  The Company hereby agrees that any action, proceeding or claim against it arising out of, or relating in any way to this Agreement shall be brought and enforced in the courts of the State of New York of the United States of America for the Southern District of New York, and irrevocably submits to such jurisdiction, which jurisdiction shall be exclusive.  The Company hereby waives any objection to such exclusive jurisdiction and that such courts represent an inconvenient forum.  Any such process or summons to be served upon the Company may be served by transmitting a copy thereof by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to it at the address set forth in Section 11.1 hereof.  Such mailing shall be deemed personal service and shall be legal and binding upon the Company in any action, proceeding or claim.  The Company agrees that the prevailing party(ies) in any such action shall be entitled to recover from the other party(ies) all of its reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses relating to such action or proceeding and/or incurred in connection with the preparation therefor.

 

11.7         Execution in Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, and by the different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement, and shall become effective when one or more counterparts has been signed by each of the parties hereto and delivered to each of the other parties hereto.

 

11.8         Waiver, Etc.  The failure of any of the parties hereto to at any time enforce any of the provisions of this Agreement shall not be deemed or construed to be a waiver of any such provision, nor to in any way effect the validity of this Agreement or any provision hereof or the right of any of the parties hereto to thereafter enforce each and every provision of this Agreement.  No waiver of any breach, non-compliance or non-fulfillment of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be effective unless set forth in a written instrument executed by the party or parties against whom or which enforcement of such waiver is sought; and no waiver of any such breach, non-compliance or non-fulfillment shall be construed or deemed to be a waiver of any other or subsequent breach, non-compliance or non-fulfillment.

 

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

28



 

If the foregoing correctly sets forth the understanding between the Underwriters and the Company, please so indicate in the space provided below for that purpose, whereupon this letter shall constitute a binding agreement between us.

 

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

 

HD PARTNERS ACQUISITION CORPORATION

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

  Name:

Eddy W. Hartenstein

 

 

 

  Title:

 Chairman, President and CEO

 

 

 

 

Accepted on the date first

 

 

above written.

 

 

 

 

 

MORGAN JOSEPH & CO. INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

Frederick H. Joseph

 

 

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

 

 

29



 

SCHEDULE I

 

HD PARTNERS ACQUISITION CORPORATION

 

10,000,000 Units

 

Underwriter

 

Number of Firm Units
to be Purchased

 

 

 

Morgan Joseph & Co. Inc.

 

 

 


EX-1.2 3 a05-21987_1ex1d2.htm UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

Exhibit 1.2

 

FORM OF SELECTED DEALERS AGREEMENT

 

Dear Sirs:

 

1.             Registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (“Act”), of the 10,000,000 units of HD Partners Acquisition Corp. (“Company”), plus the over-allotment option available to the Underwriters (as defined below) to purchase up to an additional 1,500,000 units, as more fully described in the Preliminary Prospectus, dated                     , 2006, and in the final prospectus (“Prospectus”) which will be forwarded to you and will become effective in the near future.  Morgan Joseph & Co. Inc., the representative (“Representative”) of the Underwriters named in the Prospectus (“Underwriters”), is offering certain of the units for purchase by a selected group of dealers (“Selected Dealers”) on the terms and conditions stated herein.

 

Authorized Public Offering Price:

 

$6.00 per unit.

 

 

 

Dealers’ Selling Concession:

 

Not to exceed $0.      per unit payable upon termination of this Agreement, except as provided below. We reserve the right not to pay such concession on any of the units purchased by any of the Selected Dealers from us and repurchased by us at or below the price stated above prior to such termination.

 

 

 

Delivery and Payment:

 

Delivery of the units shall be made on or about                    , 2006 or such later date as we may advise on not less than one day’s notice to you, at the office of Morgan Joseph & Co. Inc., 600 Fifth Avenue, 19th Floor, New , New York 10020 or at such other place as we shall specify on not less than one notice to you. Payment for the units is to be made, against delivery, at the authorized public offering price stated above, or, if we shall so advise you, at the authorized public offering price less the dealers’ selling concession stated above, by a certified or official bank check in New York Clearing House Funds payable to the order of Morgan Joseph & Co. Inc.

 

 

 

Termination:

 

This Agreement shall terminate at the close of business on the 45th day following the effective date of the Registration Statement (of which the enclosed Prospectus forms a part), unless extended at our discretion for a period or periods not to exceed in the aggregate 30 additional days. We may terminate this Agreement, whether or not extended, at any time without notice.

 

2.             Any of the units purchased by you hereunder are to be offered by you to the public at the public offering price, except as herein otherwise provided.

 



 

3.             You, by becoming a member of the Selected Dealers, agree (a) upon effectiveness of the Registration Statement and your receipt of the Prospectus, to take up and pay for the number of units allotted and confirmed to you, (b) not to use any of the units to reduce or cover any short position you may have and (c) to make available a copy of the Prospectus to all persons who on your behalf will solicit orders for the units prior to the making of such solicitations by such persons.  You are not authorized to give any information or to make any representations other than those contained in the Prospectus or any supplements or amendments thereto.

 

4.             As contemplated by Rule 15c2-8 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, we agree to mail a copy of the Prospectus to any person making a written request therefor during the period referred to in the rules and regulations adopted under such Act, the mailing to be made to the address given in the request.  You confirm that you have delivered all preliminary prospectuses and revised preliminary prospectuses, if any, required to be delivered under the provisions of Rule 15c2-8 and agree to deliver all copies of the Prospectus required to be delivered thereunder. We have heretofore delivered to you such preliminary prospectuses as have been required by you, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, and will deliver such further prospectuses as may be requested by you.

 

5.             You agree that until termination of this Agreement you will not make purchases or sales of the units except (a) pursuant to this Agreement, (b) pursuant to authorization received from us, or (c) in the ordinary course of business as broker or agent for a customer pursuant to any unsolicited order.

 

6.             Additional copies of the Prospectus and any supplements or amendments thereto shall be supplied in reasonable quantity upon request.

 

7.             The units are offered by us for delivery when, as and if sold to, and accepted by, us and subject to the terms herein and in the Prospectus or any supplements or amendments thereto, to our right to vary the concessions and terms of offering after their release for public sale, to approval of counsel as to legal matters and to withdrawal, cancellation or modification of the offer without notice.

 

8.             Upon written application to us, you shall be informed as to the jurisdictions under the securities or blue sky laws of which we believe the units are eligible for sale, but we assume no responsibility as to such eligibility or the right of any member of the Selected Dealers to sell any of the units in any jurisdiction.  You acknowledge that we have advised you that sales of the Company’s securities cannot be made from the state of New Jersey.  You represent to us that all sales by you of the Company’s securities will be made by your offices outside the state of New Jersey. We have caused to be filed a Further State Notice relating to such of the units to be offered to the public in New York in the form required by, and pursuant to, the provisions of Article 23A of the General Business Law of the State of New York.  Upon the completion of the public offering contemplated herein, each member of the Selected Dealers agrees to promptly furnish to us, upon our request, territorial distribution reports setting forth each jurisdiction in which sales of the units were made by such member, the number of units sold in such jurisdiction, and any further information as we may request, in order to permit us to file on a

 



 

timely basis any report that we as the Underwriters of the offering or manager of the Selected Dealers may be required to file pursuant to the securities or blue sky laws of any jurisdiction.

 

9.             You, by becoming a member of the Selected Dealers, represent that you are actually engaged in the investment banking or securities business and that you are (a) a member in good standing of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (“NASD”) and will comply with NASD Conduct Rule 2740, or (b) a foreign dealer or institution that is not eligible for membership in the NASD and that has agreed (i) not to sell units within the United States of America, its territories or possessions or to persons who are citizens thereof or residents therein; (ii) that any and all sales shall be in compliance with Rule 2110-01 of the NASD’s Conduct Rules; (iii) to comply, as though it were a member of the NASD, with Rules 2730, 2740 and 2750 of the NASD’s Conduct Rules, and to comply with Rule 2420 thereof as that Rule applies to a non-member broker or dealer in a foreign country.

 

10.           Nothing herein shall constitute any members of the Selected Dealers partners with us or with each other, but you agree, notwithstanding any prior settlement of accounts or termination of this Agreement, to bear your proper proportion of any tax or other liability based upon the claim that the Selected Dealers constitute a partnership, association, unincorporated business or other separate entity and a like share of any expenses of resisting any such claim.

 

11.           Morgan Joseph & Co. Inc. shall be the Representative of the Underwriters of the offering and managers of the Selected Dealers and shall have full authority to take such action as we may deem advisable in respect of all matters pertaining to the offering or the Selected Dealers or any members of them.  Except as expressly stated herein, or as may arise under the Act, we shall be under no liability to any member of the Selected Dealers as such for, or in respect of (i) the validity or value of the units, (ii) the form of, or the statements contained in, the Prospectus, the Registration Statement of which the Prospectus forms a part, any supplements or amendments to the Prospectus or such Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus, any instruments executed by, or obtained or any supplemental sales data or other letters from, the Company, or others, (iii) the form or validity of the Underwriting Agreement or this Agreement, (iv) the eligibility of any of the units for sale under the laws of any jurisdiction, (v) the delivery of the units, (vi) the performance by the Company, or others of any agreement on its or their part or (vii) any matter in connection with any of the foregoing, except our own want of good faith.

 

12.           If for federal income tax purposes the Selected Dealers, among themselves or with the Underwriters, should be deemed to constitute a partnership, each party will elect to be excluded from the application of Subchapter K, Chapter 1, Subtitle A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and agrees not to take any position inconsistent with such selection. Each party authorizes the other to execute and file evidence of such election as may be required by the Internal Revenue Service.

 

13.           All communications from you shall be addressed to Morgan Joseph & Co. Inc. at 600 Fifth Avenue, 19th Floor, New York, New York 10020, Attention: Mary Lou Malanoski, Managing Director.  Any notice from us to you shall be deemed to have been fully authorized by the Underwriters and to have been duly given if mailed, telegraphed or sent by

 



 

confirmed facsimile transmittal to you at the address to which this letter is mailed.  This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York without giving effect to conflict of laws.  Time is of the essence in this Agreement.

 

[Signature page to follow]

 



 

If you desire to become a member of the Selected Dealers, please advise us to that effect immediately by facsimile transmission and sign and return to us the enclosed counterpart of this letter.

 

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

 

MORGAN JOSEPH & CO. INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

We accept membership in the Selected Dealers on the terms specified above.

 

Dated:                          , 2006

 

 

 

(Selected Dealer)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 


EX-10.15 4 a05-21987_1ex10d15.htm MATERIAL CONTRACTS

Exhibit 10.15

 

          , 2005

 

Morgan Joseph & Co. Inc.

600 Fifth Avenue, 19th Floor

New York, New York 10020

 

Re:       HD Partners Acquisition Corporation

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

Reference is made to the Registration Statement (the “Registration Statement”) and any amendments thereto on Form S-1, (File No. 333-130531), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to which HD Partners Acquisition Corporation (“ Company ”) has registered its initial public offering (“IPO”) of units (“ Units ”) consisting of one share of common stock, par value $.0001 per share (“Common Stock”) and two warrants (“Warrants”), each to purchase one share of Common Stock.

 

Each of the undersigned hereby severally agrees with Morgan Joseph & Co. Inc. (“ Morgan Joseph ”), as the representatives of the several underwriters, that this letter agreement constitutes an irrevocable order from the undersigned to purchase through Morgan Joseph, or such other broker dealer as Morgan Joseph may designate, Warrants in such amounts and at such times during the Applicable Period as Morgan Joseph may determine in Morgan Joseph’s sole discretion provided that: (i) the purchase price per Warrant shall not exceed $0.70, and (ii) the aggregate purchase price for the Warrants purchased by each of the undersigned shall not exceed the amount set forth adjacent to the undersigned’s signature on this Agreement. The “ Applicable Period ” is the 60 trading days beginning on the later of (i) 60 days after the end of the “restricted period” in accordance with Regulation M as promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and (ii) the day on which the Warrants begin separate trading. Morgan Joseph agrees that neither Morgan Joseph nor any other broker dealer that it designates will charge the undersigned any fees and/or commissions with respect to such purchases.

 

The “restricted period” as defined in Regulation M will end upon the effective date of the Registration Statement. Under Regulation M, the restricted period could end at a later date if the underwriter were to exercise the over-allotment option. In such event, the restricted period would not end until the underwriter distributed such securities or placed them in its investment account. However, the underwriters have agreed that they may only exercise the over-allotment option to cover the net syndicate short position, if any, resulting from the initial distribution and therefore the restricted period will end upon the closing of this offering.

 

Each purchase of Warrants shall be allocated among the undersigned in accordance with the percentages set forth on the signature page of this Agreement, provided that any particular purchase shall be allocated such that the allocations are in multiples of 100 Warrants.

 

Morgan Joseph shall provide notice to each of the undersigned, not later that the date of each purchase of Warrants, of the number of Warrants purchased and the purchase price for the Warrants so that the undersigned can comply with his obligations under Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act.

 



 

Each of the undersigned agrees: (i) not to sell or transfer any of the Warrants purchased by him pursuant to this letter agreement until after the consummation a Business Combination (as defined in the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company); and (ii) the certificates for such Warrants shall contain a legend indicating such restriction on transferability.

 

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

 

 

 

Warrant Purchase
Obligation

 

Eddy W. Hartenstein

 

$

[             ]

 

Steven J. Cox

 

$

[             ]

 

Robert L. Meyers

 

$

[             ]

 

Lawrence N. Chapman

 

$

[             ]

 

Bruce R. Lederman

 

$

[             ]

 

Total

 

$

1,200,000

 

 


EX-23.1 5 a05-21987_1ex23d1.htm CONSENTS OF EXPERTS AND COUNSEL

Exhibit 23.1

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

 

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders

HD Partners Acquisition Corporation

 

 

We hereby consent to the use in Amendment No. 1 to the Prospectus constituting part of the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of our report dated December 16, 2005 on the financial statements of HD Partners Acquisition Corporation as of December 13, 2005 and for the period from December 6, 2005 (inception) to December 13, 2005 which appears in such Prospectus.  We also consent to the reference to our Firm under the caption “Experts” in such Prospectus.

 

 

/s/ Goldstein Golub Kessler LLP

 

 

 

GOLDSTEIN GOLUB KESSLER LLP

 

New York, New York

 

 

 

January 23, 2006

 

 


GRAPHIC 7 g219871foi001.gif GRAPHIC begin 644 g219871foi001.gif M1TE&.#EA_@`I`/8```!&?0!)?P%,@091A`I3A@U6B`]8B1!5AQ!6B!5;C!E> MCAQ@CQYBD")EDR=HE2IJEBUMF#%OFC1QFSIVGCUWH#YXH41\HTA_I4J!IDZ# MJ%*&JE6)K%J,KEZ.L%^0L6"/L&23LVF6MFR8MV^:N'.=NG>@O'NBOGZEP(&G MP86IPXNNQHVOR(VPQX^PR)2TRIBWS)RZSI^\T*.^TJ;!TZS%UJ_'V*_(V+#' MV+3*VKG.W;W1W[_2X,/5XL?8Y,S;YL_>Z-#?Z-3AZMOF[=_H[]_J\.#I[^3L M\NCO].SR]O#T]_+V^?;Y^O[^_@`````````````````````````````````` M```````````````````````````````````````````````````````````` M```````````````````````````````````````````````````````````` M`````````````````````````````````````````````````"'Y!``````` M+`````#^`"D```?^@$PT'1:%A1K4#3X%L`"CH^>?&BHV,`2S)_7EN@$,$""#:!(-:%P M(%+`+26?EJ200%!``Q0XDVI5]6/#2@DNMXIE@J*"A`0"!E@0\DF(A0G^"@-< M'4N7DU"O`B3,%NTY$7#$"D&&`5!=_'C^Y^#0L99@<)*6I, M`$#`@H]./BXT>$%C0``&CBNK[GI/KVJ8&!JT&-*!@(`$,!QF0@)C`08>.1A? MS?IZK.2BE(MCU"`;B0L(:3?HV,1C0P(51G`P7I!:4Y(C0L*'-Y+D4CPC1HZ@ M1W^DGUWPXL<;T7UIR1&HC]2G1U^^T1(DZZ'GWB8^>%54#9O$$Y\0\VGRGQ!! MR)>$/^?MIYY^`OIC'WO["=@?(Q5>V!Z(`G9(WR(9R)8$$"!\H\`*FZC`@`2? MV7*,&#"B'\^*,& M':`0`Y'^^9""#B#"3YNH,$& M)LCP9GU!J."C!EBB8$,22.3`I@E,HI#"DB:H``030;0`J9*/MI##$!\9B20* MC()Z)A-(\+`HJ";4`"43L[R@Q!(M-+7!9_7IU%,U-@H0P`::R+!!!!)H4$(+ M'4#```0:R'`$(T?@0`($#3#@P`8D-..`!!W0L"JI,'`0@0,:A(!""R54H(`# MGIDG@P40D$`K(TO0`(($#-2K00[XD5H#"!,TT``&+@S!28&388+$(!!$H`$) M*,S;P`,:Y(8F#!;^_/OH!@XX$((12_!00K_^3M`!"2-L0*\$J@)1P@4.,.#O M!B4[$,$%)KRYQ`\J2&!+`Q.(`"!<3?%`"%2!1!Q1) MR^*0P`';$``$GUG""!3`F0TXLA%)6`$$O`C-..E``A8@(ZE2$)C.@'$1/\"` M`USP(1L%0&MH0H$S0W`BH.7`BG)I@1J74$5!LF..%3G($G9P@6\4X`6;FZ&? M'C$$<\UD=XE\Q`P*8#).WJL105B`!22YB>.@3(LF:```"J`!83*"!@H10`%( MT(\*WL..W_,!?GR8@)%VPQ@<0)1P$JD`[0J"H``'<@B-K5I MTW,R04K@5"K0>##^@6_@1C>\64`P&P%'#3Q"!QL8B4\>(03FJ50#.*2B4`.H MB"6DY!X&2"02EK(2""#P(BE-""B\`+F3X5QQ)"NA(- M3$>:5AP`!TP*JVU^T1%*^&8X<9*$#HAD`$1=!%@9(`/Z:`9$RU<$)@`***YY4D`3._ZG!+;Y1N9RP*7^)("6 M`!S`@1&$0%6OGC:9!%C<$@"9EJV^,K8:L,$0AC!A(P3!!%V\+39E@*X'-B(& M516``EK`B!6`"Y.+Z.HC\O<-"<#@N2:H9`$*QT\K%J`%0E`"$`8'P[LEL(L! M,``(/.N)'D@`BSYPP```T))5M3A%ON@0#K%ODK($B2 MI$E@`2"*MH7Y\TQ6C$""3P,D.Z,8((H7BK].7@QSHX.4ZR$$/V/$# M$!`@>3/XI1?7DLD%R-"6"=8X#WR37TQTCD[7FP&;;R/@2VSP&^`N4@Y(<,9[ M```!DRN2S@E0`13(``8A.+=_4+M$(5"Z`AM(P65':]0!3*`$,HA[W%^@`2-? M^GI!QH!)*:5'5,_^$0(T?L1Q`9"!$ZG``2-AWR6,T'$97Q.VVNV`H!*,@3[B ME+E8!Z-;1U`E*TF>5C28@`$R$((.7,!\"]!!5@+[`MW`>"$82$$"ICTPO'ST M>O*[1P*(APDY]_@%61F""S"@@$TJP`;A!J1V+RV$#81@[$HD``YPM@(9/,D_ ML=;N;.-D2)N:E-,)T,#$X54#\R6@`IF_!!PML'9&O."0""C)XDO`YM31:L-K MU:<.'B`<%*C1",9V5!=@6!U3`H"1%IUQ-E*3`%1#*+'1/`5@`C@F`SZG&Z(@ M9D>%%AB06)KP`SOA.8W``U!V`#>$"2MP#S5Q$UFQ!$&@?"J5`HK@8('^=``W MQ5ZC$@ID]U-`LX.XU798=$+=IV*KYEL=$#5!L`$(8%#K%#5P1`$*UP@ZH`$+ M87*7(`09`%X-A#8?YD6M)P0EX&P3@$-SU0",MG&D,F$6(&^XX`\]P!Q.$@1! M\`,H=E09L`/7HP()\&;IHP(&P$$94'21X8%?@2#?0T<4-5Z,,`3EH"L=@!XO M<%'D$"B`"%OA#1]5Z:8.1`A`!,L!3/-:1Q.8? MRWA4,)@V@,$!62$$B/,-+*5HL)0"D86#5W@/?]@)-[,!@.P-0C$E@1K?B'PCV#7_X*CT``@906'!2 M08Q!>YOPC1MU"3-P`;9Q"T3`B48@`V23``0)-"I4`3Q@EC24`)N5"DL`@+$$ M%DF`*$@@APE0`D*`!#@@`8PY`V!9'T?`8<"5`YM6`C.!5$](`RX``@WG196@ M*<0QC0J``EQR,"\0`D\T$HHQ04A@`QQ@10K0`:1!+%I&$NU7*B$I`!50`M.A M!/2@*P4P`2M@-:EI`2)1-"N``SS@`JT(`C'0`AI@`'VCAT!S`TAH51C0`L0R M$XE!`\`F;`PP`-UH%TQ33:_89SD0@`R0`2DP`S)`=9A#`CS0'_RT`*G^TR>NY[HM0C$#*E`")6`"+X`#P$8J/$"N)BH#HV@D M[>H#NI$$/T`#*H`"]XJO-$"PE!(#,O"ON<8(-@"Q$1MW!PH#Y5H#0JEH+["B M.-D-(P6KNW)@$^F^5B?!M)N(+[#@`R'P!2`]`(`U<[N(S;N)Y@!*3ZK25`=7264(Y[ JN9@;&=.(:#/B-WF;N:`+NB$*`>`D+,P9NJB;ND6B)B]@`RJKNJ`0"``[ ` end GRAPHIC 8 g219871bci001.gif GRAPHIC begin 644 g219871bci001.gif M1TE&.#EA\@`G`/4```!2KP!5L0-:M`I>MPQ@MPUAN!-ENA=HO!MKOB!NOR%O MP"1QP2MVPRYXQ3-[QC9^R#A_R#R!R4*&S$:(S4J+SDZ.T%"-SU"/T%22TEJ6 MTUZ9U6.\L[A\]7E]=CG M]MWJ]^#K]^3N^.?P^>OS^O+W_/7Y_/[^_B'Y!```````+`````#R`"<```;^ MP-^)\B@Z'!B8[\=L.I_.3`4$!P\;)S:+F9IB/#9T!P$! M!!LX;SPI"@`!`QXO-J6;L;)P/#DT)PX#H00B,#A]L\&S.X"K#YAN/!D&H0G( MPM#17#PAH`$+.=+:BSP5!+LM;S4+NQ*PV^C"IZD$%#KI\&XZWJ$#&35C.2'? MHA/G\0`5^6!!KMV[@`BW[*B0X-N`!>'$P'"PX!L!9< M^J1'1U$49#)-EP-!A!0I=`W@H*6+CP\'S$5(*G5J3HX>09JEBN!!BQD-=+G] M\B+"@1$\Q@Y0NO:L3;5]M>6@U$('B`(`6G;=LN%`A!L^]#KX!X7'"T<>/(`8 MX0)8$QXR3J!`@17%B1,K9("I<2+$AP\>/H`XP>(9%!LK(#\)+3K%"1A.?.#P MC?6TC!Y>G!;$V:41B-@?0JS`-VU%".@B5M@0SD(TZ=&G>Z\H1:,T:=^H87CF MT6@TZ=.8?.18<:)X"A.=G0R.$$X&N0`,R+!8$S[0X``"(?P0F2K.<.&#"QY, M\(`$&%1`400=M.#9#!B!5TN$`$)_AP0PD4..`CB1ED`",#$KSPH(A'6*%F!!1T<.4/EG5`TA$2 M=*":F"*4::8#%>C8!`X(4``<#Q1\8X`'93&A`UA`,C%68K9]QD($DU`@P@LK M;/`?F`=9]@$S`1BP00@86/-`"DGJH(($`PSPP&POO"`"(`)\L`4-%*R"`99. MV%!",:F20B`+H@:00`C4>673`,P%-\,R`30`0@HK@%#,`B#8-@,&`[3$`@O^ M'RA@``8^6(8!/PA40((('E!PP`$HL/?!`Z$`\"P(#@@0P`$A8)G#"2^MXL`) ML%A&3ZH9J.8$#0=L$%\*#`0@P`(S;&$#`PRW1!P``JPL$,/^Q@CE*0B'"```1BXZ4/+--"Z@8TH9#Q``A([P4,+ M!83B+*S%9C`*95LH=U.DU^KB0`HM^_#"!+I4?%`/(NB2A((^@*!`!"VGL(#` M8Q_=[@@+A)!-#B7P\T`//J3`;R`F+,$#!E6/0FP3*32@<01M2+U"Q<@L+O!) MCS.!0PBJ/C-6R5`0I0OE3^0`@DD.="RI!`0``!'^\(`%K$`+)#-`IG+P`5T0``1)8@(-)"<*OTFJ M4==H`7)LX`&K84"$$]B@O MU6*"`X&"P"?H8`,Z=``F6B`!C3F@?3^0`?.8L#Z\U>@'.:B!#&C0A_GQXWY* MM`;J%N>H#91E4QIK4P+^4\!`\VF@'A]HD@ZJD8'.C4Z#3WA!%0>&12>\:Q41 MD)@.&B4[%?[@!AW46/!\(`(%:&P!4:M,"'<`LQ')K)`_J(&J/)"Q9-&@"8=9 M6?2>`A@%'7(`'3`9#U:0,`.LH`<0.(DN``=JN,8(?](`>U/)E%VR``0:4(`3U",&`1/F!&8S```)#@"J' M2("%)@>)Q\/!Z(IG1";8P".I^L`O1J`+C2'``^IY@MWP9@(B`&M#\`)9X4$H"]-$-,%C`!6I`QU#P\`DU.,`'.#^`@J\=14MZ2'&!%8`!D3@ M`2^A@#$?"U-<=B`!`!@`__"W6(]:840C6D!'Y9BUT3JA!IQ*S`9X<%\,&#$R MH7AM$T0[.=`Z`:H"D"H]"D`%5"&`MG@"XE?QYP*LK.#$*V!!#98@`W)Y(`4D M(&"J/(#6`W@`%LD5&$PA]+R*0L%K!)A`D\Q62N^&<&0.B/"(D1L"!N@X6<#H MXC4XL((4>``!C?W,8^U'#0D\@`(@.`Y_+2(!$W`+Q1[PG@1X:M%W=:!S/]!! M":RQ!P8L;`NM316(F1""EPC`*$J":@$B,M6!@4`$>C547G:!@6=0`P,3(`F+ M.O`"Y*R/`'2:0%Q"(0'^V]C`QN=88B@J$(&Y^MAW$)T#4E81/[YV]M;72%P39N#.[(/+ M9@`9[DSA@P99`!*T;-N[P&*[4F`U"2CA!W4Q2@YXT`D*5PP8L^RW$VX0@H[^ MIHJN1[1K62AL*POCB066=!8-`%?/8CEY8#._M<"N0J`EZ.`=9H0L&J?1WZT] M88"<9O,/8)"Q&V]A!M,.0`80#H71M?SE^.L93-')A!N$%P$N0$Z<40A/:G0T MUX\,EB0)SP06Z'@""!6[FVDS*8$MN8GL(`9V502A0U0;=]-5*-/ M&)<'*]6$21D@,1[PC`Z^U8)X3IL`%4`&WB/N@K@F?V4!Q@M3P( MW%F#DUQ'8;UK+E`02.5$?084%P=,(-`4=E2`C#P M#&8S`:#0$JY0`R]0#7]V0`3!P50-4-0K@`2XP=C<@ M`OU".8V@+AO`>SX@`]U5`2PP`R3X$"%@`TE2.!DS5]B50"N0"JK2;&E60!*0 M&C9``R@0+(Q5$(P'L``:Q0/HPBEY,`D-,"+P10`*(`/O$XV34`$E0!F6T1B! M8``+@`&.E`,B<`=Y8``18#PE0)`;D`$SN0$=X`'RZ`0ID'Y00`,ET`$;4)-I M$I0C8$0\``,B("(20"<<4`(UH(N/E`)!29-!"0+4T0,^&90=L`+9T"YTD`'^ M$R`!2SD!Q,<".%`#'C"5&R`"!X$#!#F44\F.-1D"1^<$GZ.$E6AR^I@`X#,- M-R"52QD!%$*7/+`81PD".$(BQ"<#?5`X,DF35!F4DBD".=`":DF3'5`"<*8# M+0"4,TF5*U"85">4-%D"-I`#-V`#JFD#J:F:1\8#*U89;+6:K-F:.%")+F,# M*#@#-'`#%24?JGD#K7D#4*D#KF'M,F: M1P9&9!@&M_=]#(!:&G<#-(""-&`#R&DC;+6(Y.:_%F?>1D8`"H'.H`M$O!Z`7J@"(I:$#=`*VJ5H`[ZH`DQ#CLD M1!!:H1:Z"2V#)W24-Q?:H1XJ!PI$(87@`0VP`/GRH2B:HF```YI'``C`)C2C @HC(ZHT[P`AB```O@7AG@5#3:HR@Z2VNI'3X:!T$``#L_ ` end COVER 9 filename9.htm

 

ELLENOFF GROSSMAN & SCHOLE LLP

370 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10017

(212) 370-1300

(212) 370-7889 facsimile

 

January 24, 2006

 

VIA FEDERAL EXPRESS AND EDGAR

United States Securities and Exchange Commission

Mail Stop 3561

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

Attn:                    John Reynolds

Assistant Director

 

Re:                               HD Partners Acquisition Corporation

Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed December 20, 2005

File No. 333-130531

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

On behalf of HD Partners Acquisition Corporation (the “Company”), we are electronically transmitting hereunder a conformed copy of Amendment No. 1 (“Amendment No. 1”) to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (the “Registration Statement”).  Marked courtesy copies of this filing are being sent via overnight mail to John Reynolds, Jay Williamson and Babette Cooper.

 

This letter is being filed in response to the Staff’s comments to the Registration Statement filed December 20, 2005.  The Staff’s comments are set forth in a letter from John Reynolds, Assistant Director, addressed to Bruce Lederman, Secretary and Director of the Company, dated January 18, 2006.

 

In this letter, we have recited the comments from the Staff in bold and have followed each comment with the Company’s response.

 

General

 

1.                                      Prior to the effectiveness of the company’s registration statement, please inform us as to whether or not the amount of compensation allowable or payable to the Underwriters has received clearance by the NASD.

 

Response: Prior to the effectiveness of the Company’s registration statement, the Company will inform you as to whether or not the amount of compensation allowable or payable to the Underwriters has received clearance by the NASD, and will request that the Underwriters provide

 



 

Mr. Jay Williamson

 

the NASD corporate finance examiner with your contact information.

 

2.                                      Please expand your discussion of how you determined the public offering price, which you address on page 60. In this regard, please tell us the factors you considered in determining to value this offering at $60,000,000. What factors did you consider when determining that you might need $54,400,000 in the trust fund to effect the business combination contemplated by the registration statement? Discuss the specific factors and motivations behind the valuation. Please note in particular that we are not seeking simply whether or not you have “a specific business combination under consideration” but are looking more to the type, nature and results to date of any and all diligence, evaluations, discussions (formal or informal), negotiations and/or other similar activities undertaken, whether directly by the company, an affiliate thereof, or an unrelated third party, with respect to a business combination transaction involving the company. This includes the time period before the company’s corporate existence was established and encompasses any and all evaluations and/or discussions that may have taken place prior to the involvement of the principals with the formal entity of HD Partners Acquisition Corporation. Given management’s extensive and high-level experience in the media, entertainment and telecommunications industries as senior executives, business consultants and/or entrepreneurs, the precise nature of their knowledge about their ability to effect a combination with a company whose fair market value is equal to at least 80% of the company’s net assets may be material information for which appropriate disclosure is required. We may have further comment.

 

Response: Based on the current market conditions for public offerings of blank-check companies, the business experience and background of HD Partners’ officers and directors and the Underwriter’s prior experience in marketing, selling and underwriting blank-check public offerings, the Underwriter believes that it will be able to raise approximately $60 million for HD Partners Acquisition Corporation.

 

The amount held in trust is solely a factor of: (i) the gross proceeds of the offering less the expenses of the offering; and (ii) the amount the Company’s Underwriter believes potential investors in the offering would require to be held in trust relative to their initial investment, based on prior blank-check public offerings that have been completed recently.

 

The Company and its officers and directors have not directly or indirectly, through any affiliates or unrelated third parties conducted any diligence, evaluations, discussions (formal or otherwise), negotiations and/or other similar activities with respect to a business combination transaction involving HD Partners Acquisition Corporation.

 

Notwithstanding management’s extensive and high-level experience in the media, entertainment and telecommunications industries as senior executives, business consultants and/or entrepreneurs, there can be no assurance that they will be able to effect a combination with a company whose fair market value is equal to at least 80% of the Company’s net assets.

 

3.                                      We note the disclosure throughout your registration statement that you would be required to convert to cash up to approximately 19.99% of the common stock sold in this offering.

 

2



 

Please clarify whether the company may structure or consummate a business combination in which less than 19.99% of the IPO shareholders will be able to convert for the business combination still go forward.

 

Response:  In response to the staff’s comment, we have clarified, on pages 6 and 38 of the prospectus, that the Company will not structure or consummate a business combination in which less than all stockholders, up to 19.99%, exercising their conversion rights will be entitled to receive their pro rata portion of the trust account, if a business combination is approved and consummated.

 

4.                                      Several of your risk factor disclosures appear duplicative and repeat information disclosed in other risk factors. Please revise your discussion to eliminate unnecessarily repetitive disclosures.

 

Response: In response to staff’s comment, the Company has removed risk factor 15 in its entirety as it repeats certain disclosures made in risk factor 13 and otherwise combined the two risk factors.  Additionally, the Company believes that its remaining risk factor disclosure is appropriate and not otherwise repetitive.  However, if the staff has specific instances which it believes are repetitive, we will be glad to review such risk factors and make any necessary adjustments thereto.

 

Prospectus Summary. page 1

 

5.                                      We note the references to the contacts and relationships of management. Clarify whether there have been any communications or discussions with potential contacts or relationships regarding a potential business combination.

 

Response: In response to the staff’s comment, we have included a new sentence prior to the last sentence of the first paragraph under “The Company” to include the fact that in addition to the current disclosure, that there have been no “communications” or “discussions” between any of our officers or directors and any of their potential contacts or relationships regarding a potential business combination.  We have also added this disclosure in the first paragraph of the section entitled “Proposed Business.”

 

6.                                      Toward the top of page 5 you state that “[t]hese expenses may be paid prior to a business combination only from the net proceeds of this offering not held in the trust account. Please clarify the reference to these expenses.

 

Response:  In response to the staff’s comment, we have clarified which expenses may be paid prior to a business combination, please see page 5.

 

Risk Factors. page 9

 

7.                                      In the last sentence of the first risk factor, please delete the statement in parentheses regarding interest income from the proceeds of your offering, as any interest income would be classified as non-operating income rather than revenue.

 

3



 

Response:  In response to the staff’s comment, we have deleted the language referred to above.

 

8.                                      Disclose in risk factor two the estimated amount that investors would receive upon liquidation of the company.

 

Response:  In response to the staff’s comment, we have included the estimated amount investors would receive upon liquidation of the Company.

 

9.                                      Given management’s extensive experience with DIRECTV, Inc., and current ties to companies such as SanDisk Corp., and XM Satellite Radio Holdings Inc., it appears likely that a potential target may be a competitor and, as a result, wary of entering into an agreement with, or allowing due diligence by, your management. Please advise us whether management considers this to be a risk, and if so, please add a risk factor.

 

Response:  The Company’s officers and directors do not believe this is a risk.

 

10.                               There appears to be an inconsistency in risk factor five with respect to the number of companies that have filed a definitive agreement - in one location you state that seven have done so, and in another you state that six have done so. Please revise your disclosure accordingly, and ensure that this risk factor contains updated disclosure in any subsequent amendment Furthermore, please add disclosure regarding the approximate number of companies that are still in the registration process.

 

Response:  In response to the staff’s comment, we have resolved such inconsistency.

 

11.                               It appears that management may obtain employment or consulting agreements at the same time as the business combination. Discuss the potential compensation of members of management that may occur following a business combination. State how this will be determined and whether this will be a term of the business combination agreement. This should be discussed in greater detail. Add disclosure in the business section and in the conflicts of interest section.

 

Response:  In response to staff’s comment, we have added additional disclosure to risk factor 10.  At this time it is not known what the potential compensation of members of management could be, if any.  Additionally, if such agreements are a condition to the business combination, the proxy statement delivered to stockholders in connection with the business combination will disclose any such information.  We do not believe that speculation as to how or how much compensation may be determined would be meaningful disclosure to investors.

 

12.                               Please revise risk factor 14 to discuss in greater detail, both in the subheading and the narrative, the risk to the company and to investors.

 

4



 

Response: In response to staff’s comment, please see revised risk factor 14.

 

13.                               We note the disclosure that you may seek a business combination with an entity that is affiliated with existing stockholders. Please name any affiliated companies that may be considered in seeking a business combination. Disclose those circumstances that may result in the company seeking a business combination with an affiliated entity. We may have further comment.

 

Response: None of the Company’s officers or directors have had any discussions or communications with any entities with which they are affiliated, with respect to a business combination with the Company.  We believe that any such disclosure of affiliated companies that may be considered in seeking a business combination would be speculative and not meaningful disclosure to an investor.  Additionally, the circumstances under which the Company may seek a business combination with an affiliated entity would likely come about in the same manner as any other potential deal with a non-affiliated entity would arise, which discussions and/or communications would only commence subsequent to the completion of this offering.

 

14.                               We note that several of the risk factors deal with finding a business target outside the United States. If this is a criteria that management will focus on then please clearly disclose throughout the prospectus.

 

Response:  In response to staff’s comment, management does not intend its primary focus to be finding a business target outside the United States, however, if an opportunity outside of the United States is presented it may be pursued by the Company.

 

Use of Proceeds. page 24

 

15.                               We note your disclosure in footnote 1 on page 25 that the net proceeds not held in trust will be used to repay loans made by officers and directors. However, the footnote reference in this regard is confusing. Please disclose the amount of any of the funds borrowed from your officers and directors that were used to pay any portion of your total offering expenses, as these expenses appear to reduce the amounts otherwise available to the trust account. If the loans are to be repaid from net proceeds not held in trust please identify the line items associated with the repayment. In addition, please update this disclosure to include the dollar amount of the initial loan, and the amount of expenses that have been prepaid with the loan proceeds.

 

Response:  In response to staff’s comment, we have revised the disclosure in footnote 1 on page 25.

 

Proposed Business, page 33

 

16.                               The majority of your discussion in the second full paragraph under this heading consists of restating management’s biography. Please relocate this discussion to the “management” heading or, alternatively, explain its relevance here. We also note that the summary repeats the first two paragraphs of the business section. Please avoid repetition and revise the summary accordingly.

 

5



 

Response: In response to staff’s comment, the Company respectfully submits that the disclosure contained in the second paragraph while paraphrased later in the document is material to prospective investors and is one of the more important parts of an investor’s decision as to whether to invest in the offering.

 

17.                               We note your statement on page 35 and elsewhere that “[y]our management believes, based on its prior business experience, that there are numerous acquisition candidates”. Please expand your discussion to quantify “numerous” and otherwise support this statement that there are numerous targets. Also, please explain whether management has made any investigations into the industry and/or businesses within the industry, State whether the company has set any criteria that will be used to find a target business within this industry.

 

Response:  In response to staff’s comment, we have removed the first sentence of the subsection of the “Proposed Business” section entitled “Sources of Target Businesses”, as well as the last sentence prior to the first full paragraph on page 34.  Please note that other than the criteria set forth in the subsection entitled “Selection of a Target Business and Structuring of a Business Combination”, there is currently no other criteria, other than a potential business being in the media, entertainment or telecommunications industries, that the Company has established for selecting a target business.

 

Additionally, management has reviewed publicly available information concerning the media, entertainment and telecommunications industries, however, management has not made any investigations concerning prospective business combination candidates in the media, entertainment or telecommunications industries.

 

18.                               On page 35 you disclose that management “believe[s] that the various relationships they have developed over their careers…will generate a number of potential target businesses that will warrant further investigation.”  In light of the lack of business steps taken by management in furtherance of a business combination, at this time this statement appears speculative in nature and should be removed.

 

Response:  In response to staff’s comment, we have removed this statement.

 

19.                               We note the statement that you may seek to consummate a business combination with a company that is financially unstable or in its early stages of development or growth, including entities without established records of sales or earnings. Please explain how these companies would meet the requirement that the target business have a fair market value of at least 80% of net assts. We may have further comment.

 

Response:  In response to staff’s comment, the Company respectfully submits that there are many companies in various industries that may be financially unstable or in their early stages of development or growth, including: (i) mature businesses that have been in operation for long periods

 

6



 

of time, but have either experienced recent difficulties, are not properly managed or have invested in new lines of business that have drained resources from the primary business, or (ii) entities without established records of sales or earnings, that are valued based on either their balance sheet components (i.e. intellectual property), management and personnel experience, competitive position and other intangible assets that may be valued, as well as in the case of a growth company, business prospects and growth potential.  By way of comparison, there are many public companies with no history of earnings, or which are financially unstable, or which are in their early-stages of development that have significant public market values or have been highly valued by investment bankers in connection with the financing or sale of such companies.

 

20.                               Please clarify if true, that you have had no contacts to date with any unaffiliated sources regarding potential target business candidates.

 

Response:  In response to staff’s comment, we have added additional disclosure responding to this comment in the subsection of the “Proposed Business” section entitled “Sources of Target Businesses.”

 

21.                               Clarify if true, that management has not undertaken any affirmative efforts to locate a target business.

 

Response:  In response to staff’s comment, we have added additional disclosure responding to this comment in the subsection of the “Proposed Business” section entitled “Sources of Target Businesses.”

 

22.                               In the first paragraph under the heading “Selection of a Target Business ... “ you note that management will have virtually unrestricted flexibility to select a target business subject to the requirement that the business combination is with an entity with a market value of at least 80% of your net assets. Please clarify whether management is further restricted to a particular industry focus.  In this respect we note disclosures elsewhere in the document which indicate that you “may seek to effect business combinations with more than one target business in the media, entertainment or telecommunications industries”.

 

Response:  In response to staff’s comment, we have added additional disclosure responding to this comment in the subsection of the “Proposed Business” section entitled “Selection of a Target Business and Structuring of a Business Combination.”

 

Management page 45

 

23.                               Disclose Mr. Meyer’s business activities from 2004 to the present and Mr. Cox’s business activities from March 2005 to the present.

 

Response:  In response to staff’s comment, we have added additional disclosure responding to this comment in the bio’s of each of Messrs. Meyers and Cox.

 

7



 

24.                               We note your disclosure on page 47 that your management is currently under certain non-compete and confidentiality agreements with their former employers. Please expand this discussion to address each member of management individually, including the name of the former employer, the industries in which they are prohibited from competing, and time period covered by the agreement. In addition please disclose whether the company plans to indemnify, or otherwise defend, any executive against a suit alleging breach of contract by their former employer. Finally, please clarify what you mean by the statement ‘‘the agreements also restrict ... from any activity which is competitive with their former employer where it is reasonably likely that any of these individuals would disclose or utilize any such confidential information”. Do you mean to imply that the agreements only restrict management from competing in industries if it is also reasonably likely that they would use confidential information – or, is there a blanket non-compete rule for certain industries with a separate prohibition against the use of confidential information.

 

Response:  In response to staff’s comment, we have revised this disclosure.  Additionally, each of such officers and directors subject to the non-competition provisions of their severance agreements are restricted from the disclosure of such agreement, so we respectfully request that the name of such former employer not be disclosed.  Any such disclosure would cause a breach of such agreements.

 

The Company will not indemnify or otherwise defend, any of such persons against a suit alleging breach of contract by their former employer.  There is no blanket non-compete and staff’s assessment of the non-compete provisions of their severance agreements is correct in that management is only restricted from competing with their former employer if it is also reasonably likely that these individuals would disclose or utilize any such confidential or proprietary information in the conduct of such activities.

 

Conflicts of Interest. page 48

 

25.                               Please clarify the meaning of the statement on page 49 that “[management] may not present opportunities to us that otherwise may be attractive to us unless any other entity to which they owe such a fiduciary obligation and any successors to such entities have declined to accept such opportunities.” In addition, please advise us, with examples if appropriate, how your director’s fiduciary obligations to your company are prioritized vis-a-vis other companies. In this respect we note that the paragraph beginning “[t]o minimize potential conflicts of interest on page 49 is unclear.

 

Response:  In response to staff’s comment, none of the Company’s members of management are under any contractual obligation to present potential business opportunities to any other entity with which they are affiliated.  Certain of the Company’s members of management currently serve as directors of companies unaffiliated with the Company, and may in the future become directors of other companies unaffiliated with the Company.  As a director of the Company and of any other companies, such persons currently have and may in the future continue to have fiduciary obligations

 

8



 

to the Company and to any other company on whose board they may serve.

 

If a business opportunity is presented to or otherwise comes to the attention of one of our members of management, and such person also serves on the board of directors of another company, the specific facts and circumstances of such business opportunity will determine which companies, other than the Company, if any, such person owes a fiduciary duty to present such opportunity for its consideration.  The Company does not believe that without the specific facts and circumstances of any such business opportunity, which at this point in time is clearly speculation, that the Company can accurately describe how management’s fiduciary obligations will be prioritized, and would therefore not be meaningful disclosure for investors.

 

Additionally, we have revised the first full paragraph on page 49 beginning “Each of our directors has…”, and have removed the second full paragraph on page 49 beginning “To minimize potential conflicts of interest…”

 

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, page 52

 

26.                               We note your disclosure on page 52 that your officers have agreed to make open market purchases of your warrants under certain conditions. Please file a copy of these agreements. Please advise us whether this agreement is intended to meet the requirements for a Rule 10b5-1(c) plan. In this regard we note the company’s disclosure on page 51 that the “purchases have been irrevocably ordered by [y]our current shareholders and will be made by Morgan Joseph & Co.” Please disclose the factors that Morgan Joseph & Co. will consider in determining the timing and amount of warrant purchases. We may have further comment.

 

Response:  In response to staff’s comment, we have attached as Exhibit 10.15 the Form of Warrant Purchase Agreement between each of our officers and directors and Morgan Joseph & Co., Inc.  These agreements are intended to meet the requirements for a Rule 10b5-1(c) plan.  The agreement provides for an irrevocable order by each purchaser and Morgan Joseph will fill such order in such amounts and at such times as it may determine, in its sole discretion, during the applicable purchase period.

 

27.                               We note your disclosure on page 53 that there is no limit on the amount of out of pocket expenses that will be reimbursed by you to your executive officers. Please include a statement clarifying whether this statement also applies to proceeds held in trust for the purchasers.

 

Response:  In response to staff’s comment, we have added additional disclosure responding to this comment in the section entitled “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.”

 

28.                               Please clarify the statement on page 53 that “[y]our existing stockholders will not receive reimbursement for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred by them to the extent that such expenses exceed the amount in the trust ...”

 

Response:  In response to staff’s comment, we have added additional disclosure responding

 

9



 

to this comment in the section entitled “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.”

 

Underwriting. page 59

 

29.                               We note your disclosure on page 61, that the NASD has deemed the underwriter’s purchase option to be compensation; however, the company does not appear to include any value attributable to the option as a “discount” or “offering expense” in any related table. On page 32 you indicate that the option will be accounted for as a cost attributable to the proposed offering. Please clarify your disclosure and explain the impact of the option sale to the investor. See Item 508(e) of Regulation S-B.

 

Response:  In response to staff’s comment, we have clarified the paragraph entitled “Purchase Option” by including specific language refering to the option as “underwriting” compensation as determined by the NASD. We believe that the inclusion of the option in the table included in “Commissions and Discounts” would be confusing to investors as the option are a non-cash compensation item.

 

30.                               Tell us whether the representative or any members of the underwriting syndicate will engage in any electronic offer, sale or distribution of the shares and describe their procedures to us supplementally. If you become aware of any additional members of the underwriting syndicate that may engage in electronic offers, sales or distributions after you respond to this comment, promptly supplement your response to identify those members and provide us with a description of their procedures. Briefly describe any electronic distribution in the filing, and confirm, if true, that the procedures you will follow with respect to any electronic distribution will be consistent with those previously described to and cleared by the Office of Chief Counsel.

 

Response:  We have been informed by the representative of the underwriters that no members of the underwriting syndicate will engage in any electronic offer, sale or distribution of the securities in this offering.  If the Company becomes aware of any additional members of the underwriting syndicate that may engage in elec1ronic offers, sales or distributions after this response, we will promptly supplement our response to identify those members and provide the staff with a description of their procedures.

 

31.                               Tell us whether you or the underwriters have any arrangements with a third party to host or access your preliminary prospectus on the Internet. If so, identify the party and the website, describe the material terms of your agreement, and provide us with a copy of any written agreement. Provide us also with copies of all information concerning your company or prospectus that has appeared on their website.  Again, if you subsequently enter into any such arrangements, promptly supplement your response.

 

Response:  The Company does not have any arrangements with a third party to host or access our preliminary prospectus on the Internet, and the representative of the underwriters has informed us that they do not have any arrangements with a third party to host or access our preliminary

 

10



 

prospectus on the Internet.  If the Company subsequently becomes aware of any such arrangements, we will promptly supplement our response to identify those members and provide you with a description of the material of any such agreement and a copy of any such written agreement.

 

32.                               If the company or the underwriters intend to engage a directed share program in conjunction with this offering, please describe to us the mechanics of how and when these shares were or will be offered and sold to investors in the directed share program for this offering. For example, tell us how the prospective recipients and number of reserved shares is determined. Tell us how and when the company and underwriter notified or will notify the directed share investors, including the types of communications used. Discuss the procedures these investors must follow in order to purchase the offered securities, including how and when any communications are sent or received or funds are received by the underwriters or you. How do the procedures for the directed share program differ from the procedures for the general offering to the public? Provide us with copies of all written communications with prospective purchasers about the directed share program.

 

Response:  Neither the Company nor the underwriters intend to engage in a directed share program in connection with this offering.

 

Financial Statements. page F-1

 

33.                               Please note the updating requirements for the financial statements and related disclosures pursuant to Rule 3-12 of Regulation S-X.

 

Response:  The Company understands and will comply with the updating requirements for the financial statements and related disclosures pursuant to Rule 3-12 of Regulation S-X.

 

Note 2 - Proposed Public Offering, page F-8

 

34.                               Please expand Note C to disclose any net settlement provisions. Also, revise to clarify the expected timing of the issuance of the UPO and tell us whether the options will be issued regardless of the status of the registration statement.

 

Response: In response to the staff’s comment, in lieu of exercise, the option may be converted into units (i.e., a “cashless exercise”) to the extent that the market value of the units at the time of conversion exceeds the exercise price of the option.  The option may only be exercised or converted by the option holder.  The UPO’s will only be issued to the underwriter upon completion of the initial public offering.

 

35.                               In determining the fair value of the options, we note that you use an expected life of four years. Please tell us why this is appropriate when the options expire five years from the date of the prospectus.

 

Response:  In response to staff’s comment, we believe that since the UPO is not exercisable for a period of at least one year from the date of the offering and thereafter would have a remaining

 

11



 

life of four years, that four years is an appropriate expected life for such options.

 

36.                               Please provide us with information on the S&P Supercomposite Media Index, including the names and market capitalizations of the 32 companies. If the companies in the index have market caps that are dissimilar to the expected market capitalization of your company, explain why the volatility of this index is considered a reasonable estimate of your volatility.

 

Response:  In response to staff’s comment, we have attached hereto as exhibit A, a list of each of the companies and the market capitalizations of the 32 companies included in the S&P Supercomposite Media Index.  Although the market capitalizations of the companies included in the index may be dissimilar to the expected market capitalization of the Company, the Company believes that the industries in which the companies included in the index are similar to industries that the Company will target.  The Company also believes that indices with smaller market capitalization companies represented a broad range of companies and did not adequately reflect the volatility of companies in the industries in which the Company expects to seek a business combination.

 

Part II  Item 13

 

37.                               Please advise us of the basis for excluding the $3,500 initial fee payable to American Stock Transfer & Trust for acting as an escrow agent from your tabular presentation of Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

 

Response:  In response to staff’s comment, the Company has included the $3,500 initial fee in the tabular presentation of Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

 

Exhibit 23

 

38.                               Provide a current consent of the independent accountant in any amendment.

 

Response:  In response to staff’s comment, the Company has included in this amendment, and will include in future amendments, where required, a current consent of its independent accountant.

 

If you have any questions, please contact the undersigned at 212-370-1300.

 

 

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Jody R. Samuels

 

 

 

 

 

Jody R. Samuels

 

 

cc:                                 Mr. Bruce Lederman,

HD Partners Acquisition Corporation

 

12



 

EXHIBIT A

 

S&P Supercomposite Media Index

Index Members

($ in millions)

 

Ticker

 

Name

 

Market
Cap

 

KDE

 

4 Kids Entertainment Inc.

 

$

221.1

 

AD

 

ADVO Inc.

 

916.5

 

ARB

 

Arbitron Inc.

 

1,219.2

 

BLC

 

Belo Corp.

 

2,448.0

 

POS

 

Catalina Marketing Corp.

 

1,228.2

 

CBS.A

 

CBS Corporation

 

39,593.8

 

CCU

 

Clear Channel Communications Inc.

 

16,994.1

 

CMCSA

 

Comcast Corp.

 

61,214.6

 

DIS

 

Walt Disney Co.

 

48,442.1

 

DJ

 

Dow Jones & Co. Inc.

 

3,166.8

 

EMMS

 

Emmis Communications Corp.

 

647.5

 

ETM

 

Entercom Communications Corp.

 

1,381.7

 

SSP

 

EW Scripps Co.

 

8,102.7

 

GCI

 

Gannett Co. Inc.

 

15,384.2

 

HHS

 

Harte-Hanks Inc.

 

2,180.6

 

IPG

 

Interpublic Group of Companies.

 

4,305.3

 

KRI

 

Knight-Ridder Inc.

 

4,728.5

 

LEE

 

Lee Enterprises Inc.

 

1,667.3

 

LYV

 

Live Nation

 

967.8

 

MHP

 

McGraw-Hill Companies Inc.

 

18,621.3

 

MEG

 

Media General Inc.

 

1,192.6

 

MDP

 

Meredith Corp.

 

2,669.1

 

NYT

 

New York Times Co.

 

3,954.0

 

NWS.A

 

News Corp.

 

52,462.2

 

OMC

 

Omnicom Group Inc.

 

14,958.5

 

RDA

 

Reader’s Digest Association Inc.

 

1,497.6

 

SCHL

 

Scholastic Corp.

 

1,237.5

 

 

13


-----END PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE-----